KINETIC CONCEPTS INC /TX/
10-K, 1999-03-31
MISCELLANEOUS FURNITURE & FIXTURES
Previous: UNITED NATIONAL BANCORP, 10-K405, 1999-03-31
Next: STARWOOD FINANCIAL TRUST, 10-K, 1999-03-31



2

                  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                        Washington, D.C. 20549
                               FORM 10-K
                                   
                                   
(Mark One)

[X]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
      EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED]

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998

                                  OR
                                   
[ ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
      SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

For the transition period from ________________ to _________________


                    Commission file number  1-9913


                        KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                                   


             Texas                                74-1891727
- -------------------------------         --------------------------------
   (State of incorporation)          (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


      8023 Vantage Drive
    San Antonio, TX  78230                        (210) 524-9000
- -------------------------------         --------------------------------- 
 (Address of principal executive          (Registrant's telephone number)
     offices and zip code)
                                   
   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE
                                   
   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

                                   
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required  to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act  of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that  the  registrant was required to file such reports), and  (2)  has
been  subject  to  such  filing requirements  for  the  past  90  days.
Yes     X       No  _____

Indicate  by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant  to
Item  405  of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will  not  be
contained,  to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive  proxy
or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K. [  ]

As  of  March 1, 1999, there were 70,915,008 shares of the Registrant's
Common Stock outstanding, of which 70,515,008 were held by affiliates.

                                
                                
                   FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS
                          PART I                            PAGE

Item  1.    Business.....................................     4

Item  2.    Properties...................................    17

Item  3.    Legal Proceedings............................    17

Item  4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote
            of Security Holders..........................    19

                          PART II

Item  5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity
            and Related Stockholder Matters..............    19

Item  6.    Selected Financial Data......................    20

Item  7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of
            Financial Condition and Results of Operations    22

Item  7a.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures 
            about Market Risk............................    36

Item  8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary
            Data.........................................    38

Item  9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
            on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.......    82

                          PART III

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the
            Registrant...................................    83

Item 11.    Executive Compensation.......................    85

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
            Owners and Management........................    87

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related
            Transactions.................................    88

                          PART IV

Item 14.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules,
            and Reports on Form 8-K......................    89
                                
Signatures...............................................    92
                                
                                
                                
                                
TriaDyne(R),  TriaDyne(R)  II, BariKare(R), The  V.A.C.(R),  PlexiPulse(R),
PlexiPulse, All-in-1 System TM, KinAir(R) III, KinAir(R) IV,  FirstStep (R),
FirstStep(R) Plus,       FirstStep(R) Select,      FirstStep(R) MRS,
TheraPulse(R),  TheraPulse(R) II, BioDyne(R),  BioDyne(R)II,  FluidAir(R)
Plus,  FluidAir(R) Elite,  RotoRest(R),  Q2 Plus(R),  HomeKair(R) DMS,
DynaPulse(R), FirstStep(R) TriCell, Impression (R) SR, RotoRest(R)  Delta,
PediDyne(R),  BariAire(R),  FirstStep(R) Select Heavy  Duty,  FirstStep (R)
Advantage, TriCell(R), RIK(R) and AirWorks(R) Plus, are trademarks  of
the  Company  used  in  this Report.   Kinetic  Therapy  SM,  The
Clinical  Advantage  SM, Genesis SM and Odyssey  SM  are  service
marks of the Company used in this Report.


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE "SAFE HARBOR" PROVISIONS
                             OF THE
        PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995
                                
      The  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995
provides  a "safe harbor" for certain forward-looking statements.
The   forward-looking  statements  made  in  "Business",   "Legal
Proceedings"  and  "Management's  Discussion  and   Analysis   of
Financial  Condition  and Results of Operations,"  which  reflect
management's  best  judgment based on market  and  other  factors
currently known, involve risks and uncertainties.  When  used  in
this  Report,  the  words  "estimate,"  "project,"  "anticipate,"
"expect,"   "intend,"  "believe"  and  similar  expressions   are
intended  to identify forward-looking statements.  All  of  these
forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions
made by management of the Company, which, although believed to be
reasonable, are inherently uncertain.  Therefore, undue  reliance
should  not  be  placed upon such estimates and  statements.   No
assurance  can be given that any of such statements or  estimates
will  be  realized  and  actual results will  differ  from  those
contemplated by such forward-looking statements.


                              PART I
                                 
                                 
Item 1.  Business
- -----------------

General
     
     Kinetic Concepts, Inc. (the "Company" or "KCI") is a worldwide
leader  in  innovative therapeutic systems which prevent and  treat
the  complications  of  immobility that can  result  from  disease,
trauma,  surgery  or  obesity. The Company's  clinically  effective
therapeutic  systems  include specialty  hospital  beds,  specialty
mattress  overlays and non-invasive medical devices  combined  with
on-site    patient    care   consultation    by    the    Company's
clinically-trained  staff. The complications of immobility  include
pressure  sores,  pneumonia  and  circulatory  problems  which  can
increase patient treatment costs by as much as $75,000 and, if left
untreated, can result in death.  The Company's therapeutic  systems
can significantly improve clinical outcomes while reducing the cost
of  patient  care by preventing these complications or accelerating
the  healing  process and by providing labor savings.  The  Company
has  also been successful in applying its therapeutic expertise  to
bring  to  market  innovative medical devices  that  treat  chronic
wounds and help prevent blood clots.

     The  Company  designs, manufactures, markets and services  its
products, many of which are proprietary.  KCI's therapeutic systems
are  used  to  treat  patients  across  all  health  care  settings
including  acute  care  hospitals,  extended  care  facilities  and
patients'  homes.  Health care providers generally prefer  to  rent
rather  than purchase the Company's products in order to avoid  the
ongoing service, storage and maintenance requirements and the  high
initial capital outlay associated with purchasing such products, as
well  as  to  receive the Company's high-quality clinical  support.
The  Company  can  deliver its therapeutic  systems  to  any  major
domestic  trauma  center within two hours  of  notice  through  its
network of service centers.

     Founded  by  James  R.  Leininger,  M.D.,  an  emergency  room
physician, to provide better care for his patients, the Company was
incorporated in Texas in 1976. The Company's principal offices  are
located  at  8023 Vantage Drive, San Antonio, Texas 78230  and  its
telephone number is (210) 524-9000.

     On November 5, 1997, a substantial interest in the Company was
acquired by certain affiliates of Fremont Partners L.P. ("Fremont")
and Richard C. Blum & Associates, L.P. ("RCBA"). Fremont, RCBA, Dr.
James  Leininger  and  Dr. Peter Leininger own  approximately  28.0
million, 18.4 million, 23.6 million and 0.4 million common  shares,
respectively,  representing 39.7%, 26.2%, 33.5%  and  0.6%  of  the
total shares outstanding.  Members of management have retained, and
have been granted, additional options to purchase shares.


Corporate Organization

     In  1998,  the  Company  had  three operating  divisions:  KCI
Therapeutic Services, Inc. ("KCI Therapeutic Services" or  "KCTS"),
KCI   International,  Inc.  ("KCI  International")  and   KCI   New
Technologies, Inc. ("NuTech").


KCI Therapeutic Services

     KCI  Therapeutic Services provides a broad line of therapeutic
specialty  support  surfaces to patients  in  acute  and  sub-acute
facilities  as  well  as  extended  care  settings.  This  division
consists  of  approximately 1,100 personnel, many of  whom  have  a
medical  or  clinical background. Sales are generated  by  a  sales
force of approximately 320 individuals who are responsible for  new
accounts  in  addition to the management and expansion of  existing
accounts.   A  portion  of  this  field  organization  is   focused
exclusively  on  either  the acute and home  care  markets  or  the
extended care market.

     KCI   Therapeutic  Services  has  a  national  24-hour,  seven
days-a-week customer service communications system which allows  it
to  quickly  and efficiently respond to its customers'  needs.  The
Company distributes its specialty patient support surfaces to acute
and  extended  care facilities through a network  of  141  domestic
service  centers. The KCTS service centers are organized as  profit
centers  and the general managers who supervise the service centers
are  responsible for both sales and service operations. Each center
has an inventory of specialty beds and overlays which are delivered
to  the  individual  hospitals or extended care  facilities  on  an
as-needed basis.
     
     The KCTS sales and support staff is comprised of approximately
250  employees with medical or clinical backgrounds. The  principal
responsibility of approximately 120 of these clinicians  is  making
product  rounds and participating in creating treatment  protocols.
These  clinicians educate the hospital or long-term facility  staff
on   issues  related  to  patient  treatment  and  assist  in   the
establishment of protocols.  The clinical staff makes approximately
200,000  product rounds annually. KCTS accounted for  approximately
69%,  70% and 68%, respectively, of the Company's total revenue  in
the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.
     
     KCI  has  developed a continuum of products that  address  the
unique  demands of the home health care market. KCTS,  through  its
Home  Care  group,  distributes  products  primarily  through  home
medical  equipment  ("HME")  dealers.  The  Company  believes  that
selling  products through the home care provider network  gives  it
access  to  a  larger patient population and improves  the  overall
contribution from this business segment despite a reduction in  per
patient revenue.

KCI International
     
     KCI  International offers the Company's therapies and services
in  12  foreign  countries including Germany, Austria,  the  United
Kingdom,  Canada, France, the Netherlands, Switzerland,  Australia,
Italy,  Denmark,  Sweden,  and Ireland. In addition,  relationships
with 75 independent distributors in Latin America, the Middle East,
Asia  and  Eastern Europe allow KCI International  to  service  the
demands of a growing global market. KCI International accounted for
approximately  24%,  23% and 25%, respectively,  of  the  Company's
total revenue in the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

     
NuTech
     
     NuTech  manufactures  and  markets  a  number  of  circulatory
medical  devices  including the PlexiPulse and PlexiPulse  All-in-l
System.  The NuTech products are sold through a direct sales  force
and  a  limited   number  of  independent distributors  and  rented 
through an alliance  with   MEDIQ/PRN,  a  national  medical device
rental company with a strong portfolio of national accounts. NuTech
accounted for approximately 7%, 6% and 6% of the   Company's  total
revenue  in  1998,  1997   and   1996, respectively.
     
Therapies

     The  Company's therapeutic systems deliver one or more of  the
following therapies:

     Pressure  Relief/Pressure Reduction.  The  Company's  pressure
relief and pressure reduction surfaces provide effective skin  care
therapy in the treatment of pressure sores, burns, skin grafts  and
other  skin  conditions and help prevent the formation of  pressure
sores  which develop in certain immobile individuals. The Company's
beds  and  mattress overlays reduce the amount of pressure  at  any
point  on  a  patient's skin by using surfaces  supported  by  air,
silicon  beads,  or a viscous fluid. Some of the  products  further
promote healing through pulsation.

     Pulmonary  Care. The Company's pulmonary care systems  provide
Kinetic  Therapy  to  help  prevent  and  treat  acute  respiratory
problems, such as pneumonia, by reducing the build-up of  fluid  in
the  lungs.   The  United States Center for  Disease  Control  (the
"CDC") defines Kinetic Therapy as the lateral rotation of a patient
by  at  least 40 degrees to each side (a continuous 80 degree arc).
Some  of  the  Company's  products  combine  Kinetic  Therapy  with
additional  therapies such as percussion and pulsation  which  help
loosen mucous buildup and promote circulation.

     Bariatric  Care. The Company offers a line of  bariatric  care
products which are designed to accommodate obese individuals. These
products are used generally for patients weighing from 300  to  600
pounds,  but can accommodate patients weighing nearly 1,000 pounds.
These individuals are often unable to fit into standard-sized  beds
and  wheelchairs. The Company's most sophisticated  bariatric  care
product  can  serve as a bed, chair, scale and x-ray  table,  helps
patients enter and exit the bed, and contains other features  which
permit  patients  to be treated safely and with dignity.  Moreover,
treating  obese patients is a significant staffing issue  for  many
health  care facilities because moving and handling these  patients
increases  the  risk  of  worker's  compensation  claims  by   such
personnel.  Management believes that these products  enable  health
care  personnel to treat these patients in a manner which is  safer
for  hospital  personnel than traditional methods, which  can  help
reduce worker's compensation claims. Some of the bariatric products
also  address  complications  of immobility  and  obesity  such  as
pressure sores.

     Closure  of Chronic Wounds. The Company is the provider  of  a
patented, non-invasive device which uses subatmospheric pressure to
promote  the  healing of chronic wounds. This pressure  is  applied
through  a  proprietary  foam  dressing  which  draws  the   tissue
together,  stimulates  blood flow, reduces swelling  and  decreases
bacterial  growth.  The  device  heals  wounds  more  quickly  than
traditional  methods  and  has been effective  at  closing  chronic
wounds which have, in some cases, been open for years.
     
     Circulatory  Improvement. The Company  offers  a  non-invasive
device which improves blood circulation, decreases swelling in  the
lower  extremities and reduces the incidence of  blood  clots.  The
therapy  is  accomplished by wrapping an inflatable cuff  around  a
foot or leg and then automatically inflating and deflating the cuff
at prescribed intervals. The products are often used by individuals
who  have  had hip or knee surgeries, diabetes, or other conditions
which reduce circulation.
     
     
Products
     
     The Company's "Continuum of Care" is focused on treating wound
care  patients,  pulmonary patients, large or  obese  patients  and
patients with circulatory problems by providing innovative, outcome
driven therapies across multiple care settings.
     
Pressure Relief/Pressure Reduction
     
     The  Company's pressure relief products include a  variety  of
framed  beds and overlays such as the KinAir III and IV, TheraPulse
I and II, FluidAir Elite, First Step TriCell, DynaPulse, First Step
Plus,  First Step Select, First Step Advantage, Impression  SR  and
RIK  Fluid mattress and overlay. The KinAir III has been  shown  to
provide  effective skin care therapy in the treatment  of  pressure
sores, burns and post operative skin grafts and flaps, and to  help
prevent   the  formation  of  pressure  sores  and  certain   other
complications  of  immobility.  The  TheraPulse  provides  a   more
aggressive form of treatment through a continuous pulsating  action
which  gently  massages  the  skin to help  improve  capillary  and
lymphatic  circulation in patients suffering from  severe  pressure
sores,  burns,  skin  grafts  or  flaps,  swelling  or  circulation
problems. The FluidAir Elite supports the patient on a low-pressure
surface  of  air-fluidized silicon beads providing pressure  relief
for  skin  grafts or flaps, burns and pressure sores. The DynaPulse
is  a  pulsating  mattress replacement system  that  helps  prevent
pressure ulcers in patients at high risk for skin breakdown and can
also  be  used  to treat existing pressure ulcers. The  First  Step
family of overlays is designed to provide pressure relief and  help
prevent  pressure sores. AirWorks Plus is a low-cost overlay  which
has  air  chambers  which  assist in  redistributing  pressure  for
better  skin care.  Impression is a self-contained for-sale product
for  the  prevention of pressure sores which is intended to replace
standard hospital mattresses. The RIK mattress and the RIK  overlay
are  non-powered  products that provide  pressure  relief  using  a
patented viscous fluid and an anti-shear layer.

Pulmonary Care

     The  CDC  defines  Kinetic Therapy as lateral  rotation  of  a
patient by at least 40 degrees on each side (a continuous 80 degree
arc).  The  Company believes Kinetic Therapy is  essential  to  the
prevention or effective treatment of pneumonia and other  pulmonary
complications  in immobile patients. The Company's Kinetic  Therapy
products  include  the  TriaDyne,  TriaDyne  II,  RotoRest   Delta,
PediDyne,  and  Q2  Plus.  The TriaDyne,  introduced  in  mid-1995,
provides patients mainly in acute care settings with three distinct
therapies  on  an  air  suspension surface.  The  TriaDyne  applies
Kinetic  Therapy by rotating the patient up to 40 degrees  to  each
side  and  provides  an industry-first feature   of  simultaneously
turning  the patient's torso and lower body in opposite  directions
while keeping the patient positioned in the middle of the bed.  The
TriaDyne can also provide percussion therapy to the patient's chest
to  loosen  mucous  buildup in the lungs and pulsating  therapy  to
promote   capillary   circulation.    The  TriaDyne  is   built  on
Stryker  Corporation's  critical  care  frame, which is well suited
to  an  ICU  environment. The TriaDyne offers several  other  novel
features not available on other products. The RotoRest Delta  is  a
specialty bed which can rotate a patient up to a 62 degree angle on
each  side  for  the  treatment  of  pulmonary  complications   and
prevention of pneumonia. The RotoRest has been shown to improve the
care  of  patients  suffering  from multiple  trauma,  spinal  cord
injury,  severe  pulmonary complications, respiratory  failure  and
deep vein thrombosis.

Bariatric Care

     The Company markets a line of therapeutic support surfaces and
aids  for  patients  suffering from  obesity,  a  market  that  had
previously  been  underserved. These products  provide  the  proper
support  needed by obese patients, and enable nurses  to  care  for
obese  patients  in a dignified manner. The use  of  the  Company's
bariatric products also helps to prevent injuries to hospital staff
and  decreases the number of staff members needed to  treat  larger
patients.  The  most advanced product in this line is  the  BariAir
Therapy  System, which can serve as a bed, cardiac chair, scale  or
x-ray  table.  The  BariAir provides low air loss pressure  relief,
continuous turn assistance and step-down features designed for both
patient  comfort  and  nurse  assistance.  This  product  is   used
generally for patients weighing from 300 to 600 pounds but  can  be
used  for  patients who weigh up to nearly 850 pounds. The  Company
believes that the BariAir is the most advanced product of its  type
available  today.  In  1996, the Company introduced  the  FirstStep
Select  Heavy  Duty  overlay which incorporates  pressure-relieving
therapy  in  a  design that supports patients weighing  up  to  650
pounds.

Closure of Chronic Wounds

     The  Company  manufactures  and markets  the  Vacuum  Assisted
Closure device (the "V.A.C."), a non-invasive, active wound closure
therapy that utilizes sub atmospheric pressure. The V.A.C. promotes
healing in wounds, pressure ulcers and grafts  that  frequently  do
not  respond   to  traditional   methods   of  treatment. Treatment
protocols with the V.A.C. call for a proprietary foam material   to
be fitted and placed in or on top of a wound and  covered  with  an
airtight,  occlusive  dressing. The foam is attached  to  a  vacuum
pump.  When  activated,  the vacuum pump creates  a  subatmospheric
pressure  in the wound that draws the tissue together. This  vacuum
action  also  stimulates blood flow on the surface  of  the  wound,
reduces  edema and decreases bacterial colonization, all  of  which
stimulate healing. The dressing material is replaced every 48 hours
and  fitted  to accommodate the decreasing size of the  wound  over
time. This is a significant improvement over the traditional method
for  treating wounds which requires the nursing staff to clean  and
dress a serious wound every 8 to 12 hours.

Circulatory Improvement

     The PlexiPulse and PlexiPulse All-in-1 System are non-invasive
vascular assistance devices that aid venous return by pumping blood
from the lower extremities to help  prevent  deep  vein  thrombosis
("DVT") and re-establish  microcirculation.  The  pumping action is
created  by   compressing  specific  parts  of  the  foot  or  calf 
with  specially  designed inflatable  cuffs that are connected to a
separate pump  unit.  The cuffs  are wrapped around the foot and/or
calf and are inflated  in  timed   increments  by  the  pump.   The
intermittent inflation compresses  a  group  of  veins in the lower
limbs and boosts the  velocity  of  blood  flowing  back toward the
heart.  This  increased  velocity  has been proven to significantly
decrease  formation  of  DVT  in non-ambulatory  post-surgical  and
post-trauma  patients.  The PlexiPulse is effective  in  preventing
DVT, reducing edema and improving lower limb blood circulation.

Competition

     The  Company  believes that the principal competitive  factors
within  its  markets are product efficacy, cost of  care,  clinical
outcomes  and  service. Furthermore, the Company  believes  that  a
national  presence with full distribution capabilities is important
to  serve  large, sophisticated national and regional  health  care
group purchasing organizations ("GPOs") and providers.

     The  Company  contracts with both proprietary hospital  groups
and  voluntary  GPOs. Proprietary groups own all of  the  hospitals
which they represent and, as a result, can ensure compliance with a
national agreement. Voluntary GPOs negotiate contracts on behalf of
member  hospital organizations but cannot ensure that their members
will  comply  with the terms of a national agreement. Approximately
46%  of the Company's total revenue during 1998 was generated under
national agreements with proprietary groups and voluntary  GPOs  in
the acute and extended care settings.

    The  Company  competes  on  a  national  level  with  Hill-Rom,
Kendall  and  Invacare  and  on a regional  and  local  level  with
numerous other companies. In the U.S. specialty surface market  and
certain  international  markets, the Company  competes  principally
with  Hill-Rom. The Company competes principally with  Invacare  in
the  home  care  segment.  NuTech competes primarily  with  Kendall
International in the foot and leg compression market.


Market Outlook

Health Care Reform

     There  are widespread efforts to control health care costs  in
the  United States and abroad. For example, the Balanced Budget Act
of  1997 (the "BBA") significantly reduces the annual increases  in
federal spending for Medicare and Medicaid over the next five years
by: a) reducing annual payment updates to acute care hospitals,  b)
changing  payment systems for both skilled nursing  facilities  and
home  health  care services from cost-based to prospective  payment
systems, c) eliminating annual payment updates for durable  medical
equipment  ("DME")  and d) allowing states greater  flexibility  in
controlling  Medicaid costs at the state level. The general  effect
of  the  BBA  has been to place increased pricing pressure  on  the
Company  and  its  customers.  In particular, the  changes  in  the
manner  Medicare  Part  A  reimburses  skilled  nursing  facilities
("SNFs") has changed dramatically the manner in which the Company's
SNF  customers make renting and purchasing decisions.  The  Company
also believes it is likely that efforts by governmental and private
payors to contain costs through managed care and other efforts  and
to reform health systems will continue in the future.

Consolidation of Purchasing Entities

     One  of  the  most tangible results of the health care  reform
debate in the United States has been to cause health care providers
to  examine their cost structures and reassess the manner in  which
they  provide health care services. This review, in turn,  has  led
many   health  care   providers   to  merge  or  consolidate   with
other  members  of  their  industry  in  an effort to reduce  costs
or  achieve  operating  synergyies. A  substantial  number  of  the
Company's  customers, including proprietary hospital groups,  group
purchasing   organizations,   hospitals,   national   nursing  home 
companies   and   national   home   health care agencies, have been
affected  by this consolidation.  An extensive service distribution
network  and  broad product line is key to servicing the  needs  of
these  larger provider networks. In addition, the consolidation  of
health  care  providers  often  results  in  the  renegotiation  of
contracts  and  in the granting of price concessions.  Finally,  as
group  purchasing organizations and integrated health care  systems
increase  in size, each contract represents a greater concentration
of market share and the adverse consequences of losing a particular
contract increases considerably.

Reimbursement of Health Care Costs

     The  Company's  products are rented and  sold  principally  to
hospitals, skilled nursing facilities and DME suppliers who receive
reimbursement  for  the  products and services  they  provide  from
various  public and private third party payors, including Medicare,
Medicaid and private insurance programs. The Company also acts as a
Durable Medical Equipment Supplier under 42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq. and
as  such  furnishes  its products directly to customers  and  bills
payors. As a result, the demand for the Company's products  in  any
specific  care  setting is dependent in  part on the  reimbursement
policies  of  the  various payors in that setting. In order  to  be
reimbursed,  the products generally must be found to be  reasonable
and  necessary  for  the treatment of medical conditions  and  must
otherwise  fall  within the payor's list of covered  services.  For
example,  the Company is seeking to establish coverage and  payment
by  Medicare  Part  B for the V.A.C., its chronic  wound  treatment
product. Although clinical acceptance of this product has continued
to  increase,  it  has not been classified as  a  covered  item  by
Medicare  Part B pending receipt and review of additional  clinical
data.  In  light of increased controls on Medicare spending,  there
can  be  no assurance on the outcome of future coverage or  payment
decisions  for  any  of the Company's products by  governmental  or
private  payors.  If providers, suppliers and other  users  of  the
Company's  products  and services are unable to  obtain  sufficient
reimbursement for the provision of KCI products, a material adverse
impact on the Company's business, financial condition or operations
could result.

Fraud and Abuse Laws

     The  Company  is  subject to various federal  and  state  laws
pertaining to health care fraud and abuse including prohibitions on
the  submission  of false claims and the payment or  acceptance  of
kickbacks or other remuneration in return for the purchase or lease
of  Company  products. The United States Department of Justice  and
the Office of the Inspector General of the United States Department
of Health and Human Services has launched an enforcement initiative
which specifically targets the long term care, home health and  DME
industries.  Sanctions  for violating these laws  include  criminal
penalties  and civil sanctions, including fines and penalties,  and
possible  exclusion from the Medicare,  Medicaid and other  federal
health care programs. Although the Company  believes   its business
arrangements comply with federal  and  state fraud and abuse  laws,
there can be no assurance that the Company's  practices will not be
challenged under these laws in the future or that such a  challenge
would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations.
     
Patient demographics

     U.S.  Census  Bureau statistics indicate that the 65-and  over
age group is the fastest growing population segment and is expected
to  exceed  75 million by the year 2010.  Management of wounds  and
circulatory  problems  is  crucial  for  elderly  patients.   These
patients  frequently suffer from deteriorating physical  conditions
and  their wound problems are often exacerbated by incontinence and
poor nutrition.
     
     Obesity  is increasingly being recognized as a serious medical
complication.   In  1996  approximately 730,000  patients  in  U.S.
hospitals had a principal or secondary diagnosis of obesity.  Obese
patients  tend to have limited mobility and thus are  at  risk  for
circulatory  problems and skin breakdown.  Treating obese  patients
is   also  a  significant  staffing  issue  for  many  health  care
facilities  and  a  cause  of  worker's compensation  claims  among
nurses.
     

Research and Development

     The  focus  of the Company's research and development  program
has   been   to   develop  new  products  and  make   technological
improvements  to  existing  products.  In  1998,  the  Company  has
introduced  a  number  of new products including:  the  KinAir  IV,
TheraPulse  II, First Step Advantage, Impression SR,  FluidAir  HC,
Maxxis  300 & 400 (KCI-built variations of the Equitron  beds)  and
the   Mini   V.A.C.   Expenditures  for  research  and  development
represented  approximately  2%  of the  Company's  total  operating
expenditures in 1998. The Company intends to continue its  research
and development efforts.


Manufacturing

     The  Company's manufacturing processes for its specialty beds,
mattress  overlays, and medical devices include the manufacture  of
certain  components, the purchase of certain other components  from
suppliers  and  the assembly of these components into  a  completed
product.  Mechanical  components such as blower  units,  electrical
displays  and air flow controls consist of a variety of  customized
subassemblies which are purchased from suppliers and  assembled  by
the  Company.  The  Company believes it has an adequate  source  of
supply for each of the components used to manufacture its products.
     
     
Patents and Trademarks

     The  Company seeks patent protection in the United States  and
abroad.  As  of December 31, 1998, the Company had 74  issued  U.S.
patents  relating  to  its  various lines  of  therapeutic  medical
devices.  The Company also has 50 pending U.S. Patent applications.
Many  of the Company's specialized beds, products and services  are
offered  under  trademarks and service marks. The  Company  has  43
registered trademarks and service marks in the United States Patent
and Trademark Office.


Employees

     As  of  December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately 2,100
employees.  The  Company's employees are not represented  by  labor
unions and the Company considers its employee relations to be good.


Government Regulation

     United   States.  The  Company's  products  are   subject   to
regulation  by  numerous governmental authorities, principally  the
United   States   Food   and   Drug  Administration   ("FDA")   and
corresponding  state and foreign regulatory agencies.  Pursuant  to
the  Federal  Food,  Drug, and Cosmetic Act,  and  the  regulations
promulgated  thereunder, the FDA regulates  the  clinical  testing,
manufacture,  labeling,  distribution  and  promotion  of   medical
devices. Noncompliance with applicable requirements can result  in,
among other things, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recall  or
seizure  of  products, total or partial suspension  of  production,
failure of the government to grant premarket clearance or premarket
approval  for  devices,  withdrawal  of  marketing  clearances   or
approvals, and criminal prosecution. The FDA also has the authority
to  request repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any device
manufactured or distributed by the Company that violates  statutory
or regulatory requirements.

     In  the United States, medical devices are classified into one
of  three classes (Class I, II or III) on the basis of the controls
deemed  necessary by the FDA to reasonably ensure their safety  and
effectiveness.  Although  many Class I  devices  are  exempt   from
certain   FDA  requirements, Class I devices are subject to general
controls (e.g., labeling, premarket notification, and adherence  to
Quality System Regulations).   Class  II  devices  are  subject  to
general   and   special  controls  (e.g.,  performance   standards,
postmarket  surveillance, patient registries, and FDA  guidelines).
Generally,  Class  III devices are high risk devices  that  receive
greater  FDA  scrutiny  to  ensure their safety  and  effectiveness
(e.g., life-sustaining, life-supporting and implantable devices, or
new   devices  which  have  been  found  not  to  be  substantially
equivalent  to  legally marketed devices).  Before  a  new  medical
device  can  be  introduced in the market,  the  manufacturer  must
generally  obtain FDA clearance ("510(k) Clearance")  or  Premarket
Approval  ("PMA"). All of the Company's current products have  been
classified  as  Class  I or Class II devices, which  typically  are
legally marketed based upon 510(k) Clearance or related exemptions.
A  510(k)  Clearance  will generally be granted  if  the  submitted
information  establishes that the proposed device is "substantially
equivalent" to a legally marketed medical device. In recent  years,
the  FDA  has  been  requiring  a more  rigorous  demonstration  of
substantial equivalence than in the past.
  
     Devices manufactured or distributed by the Company are subject
to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA and certain state
agencies,  including  record  keeping  requirements  and  mandatory
reporting of certain adverse  experiences  resulting  from  use  of
the  devices.  Labeling  and  promotional activities are subject to
regulation by the FDA and, in certain circumstances, by the Federal
Trade Commission.  Current  FDA  enforcement  policy  prohibits the
marketing  of  approved medical devices for unapproved uses and the
FDA scrutinizes the advertising of medical devices  to  ensure that
unapproved  uses  of  medical devices are not promoted.
     
     Manufacturers of medical devices for marketing in  the  United
States  are  required  to adhere to applicable regulations  setting
forth  detailed  Quality System Regulation ("QSR")  (formerly  Good
Manufacturing   Practices)  requirements,  which  include   design,
testing, control and documentation requirements. Manufacturers must
also  comply  with MDR requirements that a company  report  certain
device-related  incidents to the FDA. The  Company  is  subject  to
routine  inspection  by  the  FDA and certain  state  agencies  for
compliance  with  QSR  requirements,  MDR  requirements  and  other
applicable  regulations. The Company is also  subject  to  numerous
federal,   state   and    local  laws  relating   to  such  matters
as  safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental
protection,  fire  hazard  control and  disposal  of  hazardous  or
potentially  hazardous substances. Changes in existing requirements
or  adoption  of  new  requirements could have a  material  adverse
effect  on the Company's business, financial condition, and results
of  operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will not
incur significant costs to comply with laws and regulations in  the
future  or  that  laws  and regulations will not  have  a  material
adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial condition  or
results of operations.
     
     Fraud  and  Abuse Laws. The Company is subject to federal  and
state   laws  pertaining  to  health  care  fraud  and  abuse.   In
particular,  certain federal and state laws prohibit manufacturers,
suppliers,  and  providers from offering  or  giving  or  receiving
kickbacks or other remuneration in connection with the ordering  or
recommending  purchase  or  rental,  of  health  care   items   and
services. The federal anti-kickback statute provides both civil and
criminal penalties for, among other things, offering or paying  any
remuneration  to  induce  someone  to  refer  patients  to,  or  to
purchase,  lease,  or  order  (or  arrange  for  or  recommend  the
purchase,  lease,  or  order of), any item  or  service  for  which
payment  may   be   made  by  Medicare or certain  federally-funded
state  health  care programs (e.g., Medicaid).  This  statute  also
prohibits soliciting or receiving any remuneration in exchange  for
engaging  in  any  of  these activities.  The  prohibition  applies
whether  the  remuneration  is  provided  directly  or  indirectly,
overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind. Violations of the law  can
result   in   numerous   sanctions,   including   criminal   fines,
imprisonment, and exclusion from participation in the Medicare  and
Medicaid programs.
     
     These  provisions have been broadly interpreted  to  apply  to
certain relationships between manufacturers and suppliers, such  as
the  Company,  and hospitals, skilled nursing facilities  ("SNFs"),
and  other  potential  purchasers or  sources  of  referral.  Under
current law, courts and the Office of Inspector General ("OIG")  of
the  United States Department of Health and Human Services  ("HHS")
have  stated,  among other things, that the law is  violated  where
even  one  purpose (as opposed to a primary or sole purpose)  of  a
particular arrangement is to induce purchases or patient referrals.
     
     The   OIG  has  taken  certain  actions  which  suggest   that
arrangements  between manufacturers/suppliers  of  durable  medical
equipment or medical supplies and SNFs (or other providers) may  be
under  continued scrutiny. An OIG enforcement initiative, Operation
Restore  Trust ("ORT"), has targeted an investigation of fraud  and
abuse  in  a number of states (i.e., California, Florida, Illinois,
New  York, and Texas), focusing specifically on the long-term care,
home health, and DME industries. ORT's funding has officially ended
and  the  Inspector  General has announced plans  to  implement  an
"ORT-Plus"  program  in  other states  in  conjunction  with  other
federal  law enforcement bodies. Furthermore, in August  1995,  the
OIG  issued  a Special Fraud Alert describing certain relationships
between  SNFs and  suppliers  that the OIG  viewed as abusive under
the statute. These  initiatives  create  an  environment  in  which 
there will  continue to be significant scrutiny for compliance with
federal and state fraud and abuse laws.
     
     Several  states  also have referral, fee splitting  and  other
similar   laws  that  may  restrict  the  payment  or  receipt   of
remuneration in connection with the purchase or rental  of  medical
equipment  and  supplies. State laws vary in scope  and  have  been
infrequently interpreted by courts and regulatory agencies, but may
apply  to all health care items or services, regardless of  whether
Medicaid or Medicaid funds are involved.
     
     The  Company  is  also  subject  to  federal  and  state  laws
prohibiting  the presentation (or the causing to be  presented)  of
claims  for  payment (by Medicare, Medicaid, or other  third  party
payors) that are determined to be false, fraudulent, or for an item
or  service that was not provided as claimed. In one case, a  major
DME  manufacturer  paid more than $4 million to settle  allegations
that  it had "caused to be presented" false Medicare claims through
advice  that its sales force allegedly gave to customers concerning
the appropriate reimbursement coding for its products.
     
     ISO  Certification.  Due  to the harmonization  efforts  of  a
variety of regulatory bodies worldwide, certification of compliance
with   the  ISO  9000  series  of  International  Standards   ("ISO
Certification")  has  become  particularly  advantageous  and,   in
certain circumstances necessary for many companies in recent years.
The  Company  received ISO Certification in the fourth  quarter  of
1997  and  therefore  is  certified  to  sell  and  distribute  the
Company's products within the European community.
     
     Other  Laws.  The  Company owns and leases  property  that  is
subject to environmental laws and regulations. The Company also  is
subject  to  numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations
relating  to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing
practices,  fire  hazard control and the handling and  disposal  of
hazardous or potentially hazardous substances.
     
     International. Sales of medical devices outside of the  United
States are subject to regulatory requirements that vary widely from
country  to  country.  Premarket clearance or approval  of  medical
devices  is  required by certain countries. The  time  required  to
obtain  clearance or approval for sale in a foreign country may  be
longer  or shorter than that required for clearance or approval  by
the   FDA  and  the  requirements  vary.  Failure  to  comply  with
applicable regulatory requirements can result in loss of previously
received  approvals and other sanctions and could have  a  material
adverse  effect on the Company's business, financial  condition  or
results of operations.


Reimbursement

     The  Company's  products are rented and  sold  principally  to
hospitals,  extended  care facilities and  Home  Medical  Equipment
(HME)  providers  (also  referred to as Durable  Medical  Equipment
Providers) who receive reimbursement for the products and  services
they  provide  from various public and private third-party  payors,
including  the Medicare and Medicaid programs and private insurance
plans.   The  Company  also  directly  bills  third  party  payors,
including  Medicare  and Medicaid, and receives reimbursement  from
these  payors.  In  some cases, Medicare beneficiaries  are  billed
twenty percent for coinsurance. As a result, demand and payment for
the  Company's  products is dependent in part on the  reimbursement
policies   of  these  payors. The manner in which reimbursement  is
sought and obtained for any of the Company's products varies  based
upon  the  type  of  payor involved and the setting  in  which  the
product is furnished and utilized by patients.
     
     Medicare.   Medicare  is  a  federally-funded   program   that
reimburses  the  costs of health care furnished  primarily  to  the
elderly and disabled. Medicare is composed of two parts: Part A and
Part  B.  The Medicare program has established guidelines  for  the
coverage  and  reimbursement  of certain  equipment,  supplies  and
support  services.  In  general,  in  order  to  be  reimbursed  by
Medicare,  a  health care item or service furnished to  a  Medicare
beneficiary  must be reasonable and necessary for the diagnosis  or
treatment of an illness or injury or to improve the functioning  of
a  malformed body part. This has been interpreted to mean that  the
item  or  service  must be safe and effective, not experimental  or
investigational   (except  under  certain   limited   circumstances
involving  devices  furnished pursuant to an FDA-approved  clinical
trial), and appropriate. To date, specific Medicare guidelines have
not  been established addressing under what circumstances, if  any,
Medicare  coverage would be provided for the use of the  PlexiPulse
or the V.A C.
     
     The   methodology  for  determining  the  amount  of  Medicare
reimbursement  of the Company's products varies based  upon,  among
other  things, the setting in which a Medicare beneficiary receives
health  care  items  and  services. The recently  enacted  Balanced
Budget  Act (BBA) of 1997 will significantly impact the  manner  in
which  Medicare reimbursement is funded over the next  five  years.
Most of the Company's products are furnished in a hospital, skilled
nursing facility or the beneficiary's home.
     
     Hospital  Setting. With the establishment of  the  prospective
payment  system  in  1983, acute care hospitals are  now  generally
reimbursed  by  Medicare for inpatient operating costs  based  upon
prospectively  determined  rates.  Under  the  prospective  payment
system  ("PPS"),  acute  care  hospitals  receive  a  predetermined
payment  rate  based upon the Diagnosis-Related Group ("DRG")  into
which  each  Medicare beneficiary is assigned,  regardless  of  the
actual  cost  of  the  services  provided.  Certain  additional  or
"outlier"  payments may be made to a hospital for  cases  involving
unusually  long  lengths  of stay or high costs.  However,  outlier
payments based upon length of stay were phased out with fiscal year
1998.  Furthermore,  pursuant to regulations issued  in  1991,  and
subject to a ten-year transition period, the capital costs of acute
care  hospitals  (such  as the cost of purchasing  or  renting  the
Company's specialty beds) are also reimbursed by Medicare  pursuant
to  an  add-on to the DRG-based payment amount.  Accordingly, acute
care   hospitals   generally  do  not   receive   direct   Medicare
reimbursement  under  PPS  for  the  distinct  costs  incurred   in
purchasing or renting the Company's products. Rather, reimbursement
for  these  costs  is  deemed to be included within  the  DRG-based
payments  made  to hospitals for the treatment of Medicare-eligible
inpatients   who  utilize  the  products.  Since  PPS   rates   are
predetermined,  and  generally paid irrespective  of  a  hospital's
actual  costs  in  furnishing  care,  acute  care  hospitals   have
incentives  to lower their inpatient operating costs  by  utilizing
equipment  and  supplies that will reduce the length  of  inpatient
stays, decrease labor, or otherwise lower their costs.

     The principal manner in which the BBA impacts Medicare Part  A
in  the  acute care setting is that it has reduced the  annual  DRG
payment  updates to be paid over the next five years by  more  than
$40.0  billion.  In addition, the BBA authorizes  the  Health  Care
Financing  Administration ("HCFA") to enact regulations  which  are
designed  to  restrain  certain hospital  reimbursement  activities
which are perceived to be abusive or fraudulent.

     Certain    specialty   hospitals   (e.g.,   long-term    care,
rehabilitation  and  children hospitals)  also  use  the  Company's
products. Such specialty hospitals currently  are exempt  from  the
PPS and,  subject to  certain  cost  ceilings,  are  reimbursed  by
Medicare on  a reasonable cost  basis  for  inpatient operating and
capital   costs   incurred  in  treating  Medicare   beneficiaries.
Consequently,   long-term  care  hospitals  may  receive   separate
Medicare  reimbursement for reasonable costs incurred in purchasing
or  renting the Company's products; however, Medicare reimbursement
for  such hospitals is expected to be reduced by $3.5 billion  over
the  next  five years. There can be no assurance that a prospective
payment system will not be instituted for such hospitals in  future
legislation.

      Skilled  Nursing Facility Setting. Skilled nursing facilities
("SNFs")  which  purchase  or  rent  the  Company's  products  have
traditionally been reimbursed directly under Medicare  Part  A  for
some  portion of their incurred costs. On July 1, 1998, the  manner
in  which  SNFs  were  reimbursed under  Medicare  Part  A  changed
dramatically.  On that date, reimbursement for SNFs under  Medicare
Part  A  changed from a cost-based system to a prospective  payment
system.  The  new  payment system is based on resource  utilization
groups  ("RUGs"). Under the RUGs system, a SNF Medicare patient  is
assigned  to  a  RUGs category upon admission to the facility.  The
RUGs  category  to which the patient is assigned depends  upon  the
level  of care and resources the patient requires. The SNF receives
a  prospectively  determined  daily payment  based  upon  the  RUGs
category assigned to each Medicare patient. The daily payments made
to  the  SNFs during a transition period are based upon a blend  of
their actual costs from 1995 and a national average cost from  1995
(which is subject to local wage-based adjustments).  Initially, 75%
of  a  SNF's per diem is based on its costs and 25% of the per diem
is  based  on  national average cost. At the end of  the  four-year
phase-in  period, all daily payments will be based on the  national
average  cost.  Because the RUG's system provides SNFs  with  fixed
cost reimbursement, SNFs have become less inclined than in the past
to  use  products which had previously been reimbursed as  variable
ancillary  costs.  The  Company's revenue from  SNF  customers  has
dropped sharply since the implementation of the RUGs system.

     Home  Setting.  The Company's products are  also  provided  to
Medicare  beneficiaries in home care settings. Medicare  reimburses
beneficiaries, or suppliers accepting assignment, for the  purchase
or  rental of HME for use in the beneficiary's home or a  home  for
the  aged  (as  opposed  to use in a hospital  or  skilled  nursing
facility setting). So long as the Medicare Part B coverage criteria
are met, certain of the Company's products, including air fluidized
beds,  air-powered floatation beds and alternating air  mattresses,
are reimbursed in the home setting under the HME category known  as
"Capped  Rental  Items."  Pursuant  to  the  fee  schedule  payment
methodology for this category, Medicare pays a monthly  rental  fee
(for  a  period not to exceed fifteen months) equal to 80%  of  the
established  allowable charge for the item. Under  the  BBA,  there
will  be a five-year freeze on consumer price index payment updates
for Medicare Part B Services in the home care setting.

     Medicaid.  The Medicaid program is a cooperative federal/state
program that provides medical assistance benefits to qualifying low
income and medically-needy persons. State participation in Medicaid
is  optional  and each state is given discretion in developing  and
administering its own Medicaid program, subject to certain  federal
requirements  pertaining to payment levels,  eligibility   criteria
and  minimum   categories   of  services.   The   Medicaid  program
finances approximately 50% of all care provided in skilled  nursing
facilities  nationwide. The Company sells or rents its products  to
SNFs  for  use in furnishing care to Medicaid recipients. SNFs,  or
the  Company, may seek and receive Medicaid reimbursement  directly
from  states for the incurred costs. However, the method and  level
of  reimbursement,  which generally reflects  regionalized  average
cost  structures and other factors, varies from state to state  and
is subject to each states budget restraints.

     Private  Payors.  Many  private  payors,  including  indemnity
insurers, employer group health insurance programs and managed care
plans,  presently provide coverage for the purchase and  rental  of
the  Company's products. The scope of coverage and payment policies
varies  among  private payors. Furthermore, many  such  payors  are
investigating  or  implementing methods for  reducing  health  care
costs,  such  as  the  establishment of  capitated  or  prospective
payment systems.

     The  Company believes that government and private  efforts  to
contain  or reduce health care costs are likely to continue.  These
trends  may  lead third-party payors to deny or limit reimbursement
for  the  Company's  products, which could  negatively  impact  the
pricing   and  profitability  of,  or  demand  for,  the  Company's
products.

Item 2.  Properties
- -------------------

     The Company's corporate headquarters are currently located  in
a  170,000  square foot building in San Antonio,  Texas  which  was
purchased  by  the  Company in January 1992. The  Company  utilizes
approximately 89,000 square feet of the building with the remaining
space being leased to unrelated entities. In June 1997, the Company
also  acquired  a 2.8 acre tract of land adjacent to its  corporate
headquarters.  There are three buildings on the land which  contain
an  aggregate of 40,000 square feet, which will be used for general
corporate purposes.

     The  Company  conducts its manufacturing, shipping,  receiving
and  storage  activities in a 153,000 square foot facility  in  San
Antonio, Texas, which was purchased by the Company in January 1988.
In  1989, the Company completed the construction of a 17,000 square
foot  addition  to the facility which is utilized as office  space.
The Company also owns a 37,000 square foot building in San Antonio,
Texas  which houses the Company's engineering. In 1992, the Company
purchased a 35,000 square foot facility in San Antonio, Texas which
is  used  for storage. The Company maintains additional storage  at
two  leased facilities in San Antonio, Texas. In 1994, the  Company
purchased a facility in San Antonio, Texas which has been  provided
to  a  charitable organization to provide housing for  families  of
cancer patients. The facility is built on 6.7 acres and consists of
a 15,000 square foot building and a 2,500 square foot house.

     The  Company  leases  approximately 141 domestic  distribution
centers,  including each of its seven regional headquarters,  which
range  in size from 1,500 to 18,000 square feet.  The Company  also
leases  two  small manufacturing plants in the United  Kingdom  and
Ireland which are approximately 18,000 square feet and 9,000 square
feet, respectively.
     
     
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings
- --------------------------

     On February 21, 1992, Novamedix Limited ("Novamedix") filed  a
lawsuit against the Company in the United States District Court for
the Western District of Texas. Novamedix manufactures the principal
product  which  directly  competes with the  PlexiPulse.  The  suit
alleges  that  the  PlexiPulse infringes several  patents  held  by
Novamedix,  that  the  Company breached a confidential relationship
with  Novamedix and a variety of ancillary claims. Novamedix  seeks
injunctive relief and monetary damages. Although it is not possible
to  reliably  predict  the outcome  of   this   litigation  or  the
damages which could be  awarded,  the  Company  believes  that  its
defenses to these claims are meritorious and  that  the  litigation
will  not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations.

     On  August  16,  1995,  the Company filed  a  civil  antitrust
lawsuit  against  Hillenbrand  Industries,  Inc.  and  one  of  its
subsidiaries,  Hill-Rom. The suit was filed in  the  United  States
District Court for the Western District of Texas. The suit  alleges
that Hill-Rom used its monopoly power in the standard hospital  bed
business to gain an unfair advantage in the specialty hospital  bed
business.  Specifically, the allegations  set  forth  in  the  suit
include  a  claim that Hill-Rom required hospitals  and  purchasing
groups  to  agree to exclusively rent specialty beds  in  order  to
receive  substantial  discounts on products over  which  they  have
monopoly  power  -  hospital beds and head  wall  units.  The  suit
further   alleges   that  Hill-Rom  engaged  in  activities   which
constitute  predatory pricing and refusals to  deal.  Hill-Rom  has
filed  an  answer  denying the allegations in  the  suit.  Although
discovery has not been completed and it is not possible to reliably
predict  the outcome of this litigation or the damages which  might
be awarded, the Company believes that its claims are meritorious.

     On October 31, 1996, the Company received a counterclaim which
had  been  filed by Hillenbrand Industries, Inc. in  the  antitrust
lawsuit  which the Company filed in 1995. The counterclaim  alleges
that  the  Company's  antitrust  lawsuit  and  other  actions  were
designed  to  enable  KCI to monopolize the  specialty  therapeutic
surface market. Although it is not possible to reliably predict the
outcome   of  this  litigation,  the  Company  believes  that   the
counterclaim is without merit.

     On  December  24, 1996, Hill-Rom, a subsidiary of  Hillenbrand
Industries, Inc., filed a lawsuit against the Company alleging that
the  Company's TriaDyne bed infringes a patent issued to  Hill-Rom.
This  suit  was filed in the United States District Court  for  the
District  of  South Carolina. This case was tried in  January  1999
and, in February 1999, the trial judge ruled that the TriaDyne  bed
did not infringe the Hill-Rom patent.

     The  Company  is  a party to several lawsuits arising  in  the
ordinary  course  of its business, including three  other  lawsuits
alleging  patent infringement by the Company, and  the  Company  is
contesting adjustments proposed by the Internal Revenue Service  to
prior years' tax returns in Tax Court. Provisions have been made in
the  Company's financial statements for estimated exposures related
to  these  lawsuits and adjustments. In the opinion of  management,
the  disposition of these matters will not have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of
operations.
     
     The   manufacturing   and  marketing   of   medical   products
necessarily  entails an inherent risk of product liability  claims.
The  Company currently has certain product liability claims pending
for  which  provision  has  been made in  the  Company's  financial
statements.  Management believes that resolution  of  these  claims
will  not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations. The Company  has  not
experienced any significant losses due to product liability  claims
and  management  believes  that  the  Company  currently  maintains
adequate liability insurance coverage.


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
- ------------------------------------------------------------

      No  matter was submitted to a vote of the Company's  security
holders during the fourth quarter of 1998.


                              PART II
                                 
                                 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
- ----------------------------------------------------------
         Stockholder Matters
- ----------------------------

      The  Company's common stock ("Common Stock")  traded  on  The
Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol: KNCI until November 19, 1997,
which  was the date on which the Company delisted its common stock.
The  range  of the high and low bid prices of the Common Stock  for
each  of  the  quarters during the 1997 fiscal  year  is  presented
below,  through the last date that the Company's common  stock  was
traded on a national exchange.

                                 
                  MARKET PRICES OF COMMON STOCK
                                             
                                             
                     1997          High      Low
                -------------    -------   -------
                First Quarter    $ 3.938   $ 2.844
                Second Quarter     4.594     3.375
                Third Quarter      4.985     4.219
                Fourth Quarter     4.875     4.531
                

      The  Company's  Board  of Directors declared  quarterly  cash
dividends  on  the Common Stock in 1997 which totaled  $0.0281  per
share.   No  dividends were declared in 1998. The Company's  credit
agreements  contain certain covenants which currently restrict  the
Company's ability to declare and pay cash dividends.

      As  of  March 1, 1999, there were 5 holders of record of  the
Company's  Common Stock.  There is currently no established  public
trading market for the Company's Common Stock.


Item 6.  Selected Financial Data
- --------------------------------

Note: All share and per share amounts shown below have been
adjusted to reflect a four-for-one stock split effective in the
third quarter of 1998.


                KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                 (in thousands, except per share data)
      
<TABLE>                                                              
                                       Year Ended December 31,
                             --------------------------------------------  
                                1998     1997     1996     1995     1994
<CAPTION>                     -------  -------  -------  -------  ------- 
<S>                         <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>

Consolidated Statements of                                              
  Earnings Data:                                                        
Revenue:                                                                
  Rental and service........$ 258,482 $ 247,890 $225,450 $206,653 $228,832
  Sales and other...........   71,989    59,026   44,431   36,790   40,814
                              -------   -------  -------  -------  -------
    Total revenue...........  330,471   306,916  269,881  243,443  269,646
                              -------   -------  -------  -------  ------- 
Rental expenses.............  165,461   156,179  146,205  137,420  159,235
Cost of goods sold..........   27,881    23,673   16,315   13,729   19,388
                              -------   -------  -------  -------  -------
    Gross profit............  137,129   127,064  107,361   92,294   91,023
Selling, general and                                             
  administrative expenses...   69,569    62,654   52,007   48,502   51,813
Unusual items (1)...........       --        --       --       --  (84,868)
Recapitalization expense (2)       --    34,361       --       --       --
                              -------   -------  -------  -------  ------- 
    Operating earnings......   67,560    30,049   55,354   43,792  124,078
Interest income.............      616     2,263    9,332    5,063    1,318
Interest expense............  (48,594)  (10,173)    (245)    (509)  (5,846)
Foreign currency gain (loss)       20    (1,106)      --       --       --
                              -------   -------  -------  -------  ------- 
    Earnings before income                                       
      taxes, minortiy 
      interest and cumu-                                      
      lative effect of                                       
      change in accounting
      principle.............   19,602    21,033   64,441   48,346  119,550
Income taxes................    7,851     8,403   25,454   19,905   55,949
                              -------   -------  -------  -------  -------
    Earnings before minority                                     
      interest and cumulative                                    
      effect of change in                                        
      accounting principle..   11,751    12,630   38,987   28,441   63,601
Minority interest in                                             
  subsidiary loss (gain)....       25       (25)      --       --       40
Cumulative effect of change                                      
  in accounting for 
  inventory (3).............       --        --       --       --      742
                              -------   -------  -------  -------  ------- 
    Net earnings............$  11,776 $  12,605 $ 38,987 $ 28,441 $ 64,383
                              =======   =======  =======  =======  =======
    Earnings per common
      share (2).............$    0.17 $    0.08 $   0.22 $   0.16 $   0.37
                              =======   =======  =======  =======  =======
    Earnings per common
      share -- assuming                                    
      dilution (2)..........$    0.16 $    0.08 $   0.21 $   0.16 $   0.36
                              =======   =======  =======  =======  =======
Average common shares:                                           
  Basic (weighted average                                        
  common shares)(2)(4)......   70,873   154,364  175,832  176,652  175,652
                              =======   =======  =======  =======  =======
  Diluted (weighted average                                      
    outstanding shares)(2)
    (4).....................   73,233   159,640  181,956  181,828  176,572
                              =======   =======  =======  =======  ======= 
                                                                 
Cash flow provided by         
  operations................$  43,885 $  10,704 $ 62,167 $ 56,782 $ 96,451
                              =======   =======  =======  =======  =======
                                                                 
Cash dividends paid to                                    
  common shareholders.......$      -- $   6,388 $  6,607 $  6,631 $  6,588
                              =======   =======  =======  =======  =======
Cash dividends per share
  paid to common share-                                   
  holders (4)...............$      -- $    .028 $   .038 $   .038 $   .038
                              =======   =======  =======  =======  =======
                                                                 
Consolidated Balance Sheet                                              
Data:
  Working capital...........$  76,593 $  96,365 $107,334 $109,413 $ 90,731
  Total assets..............$ 308,073 $ 351,151 $253,393 $243,726 $232,731
  Long-term obligations --                                              
    noncurrent..............$ 506,701 $ 530,213 $     -- $     -- $  2,755
  Other shareholders'
    equity..................$(261,588)$(275,698)$211,078 $210,324 $185,423

</TABLE>


(1)   Includes $81.6 million gain, net of legal expense,  from  the
      settlement of a  patent infringement lawsuit. In addition, a $10.1
      million  pre-tax  gain  from the sale of the  Company's  Medical
      Services  Division  was recognized.  The Company  also  recorded
      certain  other unusual items related to planned dispositions  of
      under-utilized rental assets and over-stocked inventories of $6.8
      million.

(2)   See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  for
      information on the Company's recapitalization .

(3)   On January 1, 1994, the Company changed its method of applying
      overhead to inventory.  Historically, a single labor overhead rate
      and a single materials overhead rate were used in valuing ending
      inventory.  Labor overhead was applied as labor was incurred while
      materials overhead was applied at the time of shipping. This change
      resulted in a cumulative earnings effect of $742,000.

(4)   See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
      information regarding a four-for-one stock split declared in the
      third quarter of 1998.

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
         Condition and Results of Operations
- --------------------------------------------

     General

      The ongoing changes in health care reimbursement continue  to
create  pressure on health care providers to control costs, provide
cost  effective  therapies and improve patient  outcomes.  Industry
trends  resulting  from  these pressures include  the  accelerating
migration of patients from acute care facilities into extended care
(e.g.,  skilled nursing facilities and rehabilitation centers)  and
home  care settings, and the consolidation of health care providers
and national and regional group purchasing organizations.

     In August 1997, in an effort to reduce the federal deficit and
lower overall federal healthcare expenditures, Congress passed  the
Balanced  Budget  Act, (the "BBA"). The BBA contains  a  number  of
provisions  which will impact the federal reimbursement  of  health
care  costs and reduce projected payments under the Medicare system
by  $115  billion  over the next five years. The  majority  of  the
savings are scheduled for the fourth and fifth years of this  plan.
The  provisions include: (i) a reduction exceeding $30  billion  in
the  level of payments made to acute care hospitals under  Medicare
Part  A  over  the next five years (which will be funded  primarily
through a reduction in future consumer price index increases); (ii)
a  change,  which  commenced July 1, 1998, in the manner  in  which
skilled  nursing  facilities ("SNFs") are reimbursed  from  a  cost
based  system to a prospective payment system whereby SNFs  receive
an  all  inclusive, case-mix adjusted per diem payment for each  of
their  Medicare patients (the "RUGS System"); and (iii) a five-year
freeze on consumer price index updates for Medicare Part B services
in  the  home and the implementation of competitive bidding  trials
for five categories of home care products.

     Less  than 10% of the Company's revenues are received directly
from  the  Medicare  system.  However,  many  of  the  health  care
providers  who  pay  the Company for its products  are  reimbursed,
either directly or indirectly, by the federal government under  the
Medicare system for the use of those products. The Company does not
believe  that  the  changes introduced  by  the  BBA  will  have  a
substantial  impact on its hospital customers or  the  dealers  who
distribute  the Company's products in the home health care  market.
However, changes introduced by the BBA have impacted negatively the
manner  in  which the extended care customers make  purchasing  and
rental decisions with respect to the Company's products.
     
    Industry  trends including pricing pressures, the consolidation
of health care providers and national and regional group purchasing
organizations  and  a  shift in market demand  toward  lower-priced
products  such as mattress overlays have had the impact of reducing
the  Company's overall average daily rental rates on its individual
products.  These  industry  trends, together  with  the  increasing
migration  of  patients from acute care to extended and  home  care
settings, have had the effect of reducing overall acute care market
growth.

     Generally, the Company's customers prefer to rent rather  than
purchase  the  Company's products in order  to  avoid  the  ongoing
service, storage and maintenance requirements and the high  initial
capital  outlays associated with purchasing such products, as  well
as  to  receive the Company's high-quality clinical support.  As  a
result,  rental  revenues are a high percentage  of  the  Company's
overall revenues.  More recently, sales have increased as a portion
of  the  Company's revenues.  The Company believes this trend  will
continue  because certain U.S. health care providers are purchasing
products  that  are less expensive and easier to maintain  such  as
medical   devices,  mattress  overlays  and  mattress   replacement
systems.  In addition, international health care providers tend  to
purchase  therapeutic  surfaces more often than  U.S.  health  care
providers.
     

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

     All  share  and per share amounts shown in Item  7  have  been
adjusted  to reflect a four-for-one stock split which was effective
in the third quarter of 1998.

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the
percentage  relationship of each item to total revenue as  well  as
the  change in each line item as compared to the prior year  ($  in
thousands):

                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                -------------------------------
                                    Revenue         Increase
                                  Relationship     (Decrease)
                                ---------------  --------------
                                  1998    1997      $      Pct
                                ------- -------  -------   ----  
Revenue:                                                      
  Rental and service...........    78%     81%  $ 10,592     4%
  Sales and other..............    22      19     12,963    22
                                  ---     ---     ------
                                  100%    100%    23,555     8 
Rental expenses................    50      51      9,282     6
Cost of goods sold.............     9       8      4,208    18
                                  ---     ---     ------  
                                                        
    Gross profit...............    41      41     10,065     8

Selling, general and                                    
  administrative expenses......    21      20      6,915    11
Recapitalization costs.........    --      11    (34,361) (100)
                                  ---     ---     ------                      
    Operating earnings.........    20      10     37,511   125
                                                        
Interest income................    --      --     (1,647)  (73)
Interest expense...............   (14)     (3)   (38,421) (378)
Foreign currency gain (loss)...    --      --      1,126   102
                                  ---     ---     ------
    Earnings before income                        
      taxes and minority
      interest.................     6       7     (1,431)   (7)
Income taxes...................     2       3        552     7
Minority interest..............    --      --         50   200
                                  ---     ---     ------            
    Net earnings...............     4%      4%  $   (829)   (7)%
                                  ===     ===     ======          

      The  Company's  revenue  is  divided  between  three  primary
operating  units.  The following table sets forth, for the  periods
indicated,  the  amount  of  revenue derived  from  each  of  these
segments ($ in millions):

                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                     -----------------------
                                        1998         1997
                                     ----------   ----------
     KCI,Therapeutic Services......    $229.6       $215.2
     KCI,International.............      78.0         70.3
     Nutech........................      21.5         19.1
     Other.........................       1.4          2.3
                                        -----        -----
                   Total revenue       $330.5       $306.9
                                        =====        =====

Total Revenue:  Total revenue in 1998 increased $23.6 million,  or
7.7%, to $330.5 million from $306.9 million in 1997.  Revenue from
KCI,Therapeutic Services("KCTS") business unit was $229.6 million,
up  $14.4 million, or 6.7%, from $215.2 million in the prior  year
due  substantially  to  V.A.C.  rentals  and  sales  growth.  KCTS
surfaces  revenue  increased slightly  due  to  a  combination  of
revenue from the RIK Medical acquisition, wound care product sales
and  higher  patient therapy days which were virtually  offset  by
lower  blended rental rates.  Sales for the period increased $13.0
million,  or  22.0%,  due  substantially to  sales  of  disposable
products associated with the Company's medical devices.

     Revenue  from  the  Company's  international  operating   unit
increased  $7.7  million,  or 11.0%, to $78.0  million  from  $70.3
million  in  1997.   The  international revenue  increase  reflects
higher  therapy days in virtually all of the Company's  middle-tier
markets, e.g., the Netherlands, Canada and Switzerland, which  were
partly offset by unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations of
approximately $2.1 million.

      Revenue  from the Nutech segment, increased $2.4 million,  or
12.6%,   to   $21.5  million  from  $19.1  million  in  1997,   due
substantially  to growth in  PlexiPulse vascular assistance  device
rentals  and  sales combined with the acquisition  of  Jobst  which
contributed sales of approximately $800,000 in the year.

Rental  Expenses:   Rental,  or  field,  expenses  increased   $9.3
million,  or 5.9%, to $165.5 million from $156.2 million  in  1997.
This  increase  is primarily attributable to costs associated  with
business  acquisitions  completed during 1997  and  1998  including
increased  equipment  depreciation and field  labor  costs.   As  a
percentage of rental revenue, rental expenses were 64.0% and  63.0%
for the  1998 and 1997, respectively.

Cost  of  Goods  Sold:  Cost of goods sold in 1998  increased  $4.2
million,  or 17.8%, to $27.9 million compared to $23.7  million  in
1997.  Cost  of goods sold has increased primarily as a  result  of
increased  sales  of  disposables  associated  with  the  Company's
medical devices.

Gross  Profit:  Gross profit increased $10.0 million, or  7.9%,  to
$137.1 million in 1998 from $127.1 million in 1997 due primarily to
increased revenue as discussed above. Gross profit margin for 1998,
as  a  percentage of total revenue, was 41.5%, up  from  41.4%  for
1997.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses: Selling, general  and
administrative expenses increased $6.9 million, or 11.0%, to  $69.6
million in  1998 from $62.7 million in 1997. This increase was  due
in  part  to  increased  sales commissions,  goodwill  amortization
associated   with   acquisitions,  increased  inventory   valuation
reserves  and increased legal and professional fees resulting  from
continuing  litigation  and  systems/process  improvement  projects
including  conversion  of the Company's manufacturing  and  payroll
systems to Year 2000 compliant platforms.  As a percentage of total
revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses were 21.1% in
1998 as compared with 20.4% in 1997.

Recapitalization:   During  1997,  the  Company  recognized  $34.4
million  in  fees  and  expenses resulting from  the  transactions
associated  with a leveraged recapitalization of the Company  (the
"Recapitalization").   Recapitalization  expenses   consisted   of
compensation   expense  associated  with  employee  stock   option
exercises  and other incentives, commitment fees on unused  credit
facilities,  legal  and professional fees and other  miscellaneous
costs and expenses.

Operating  Earnings:   Operating  earnings  for  1998  were  $67.6
million,  an  increase of 124.8% from $30.0 million in  1997,  due
substantially to Recapitalization expenses of $34.4 million  which
were  recognized  in 1997.  Excluding  Recapitalization  expenses,
operating earnings for 1998 would have increased $3.2 million,  or
4.9%,  from 1997.  As a percentage of total revenue, the Company's
operating   margin   was   20.4%,  down  from   21.0%,   excluding
Recapitalization expenses, in 1997 primarily due to  the  increase
in selling, general and administrative expenses discussed above.

Interest  Income:   Interest  income  for  1998  was  approximately
$616,000  compared  to approximately $2.3 million  in   the   prior
year.  The decrease in interest income resulted from lower invested
cash  balances due primarily to acquisition activities in 1997  and
the  leveraged recapitalization transactions completed  during  the
fourth quarter of the prior year.

Interest  Expense:   Interest expense for 1998  was  $48.6  million
compared  to $10.2 million for 1997.  The interest expense increase
was  due to interest accrued on an average balance of approximately
$525  million  in  long-term debt obligations associated  with  the
Recapitalization.

Income  Taxes:  The Company's effective income tax rate  for  1998
and 1997 was 40.0%.

Net  Earnings:  Net earnings for 1998 were $11.8 million,  or  $.17
per  share, assuming no dilution, compared to 1997 net earnings  of
$12.6  million,  or  $0.08  per share.  Excluding  Recapitalization
expenses,  net earnings for 1997 would have been $39.2 million,  or
$0.25 per share.


Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the
percentage  relationship of each item to total revenue as  well  as
the  change in each line item as compared to the prior year  ($  in
thousands):

                                                
                                    Year Ended December 31,
                               -----------------------------------  
                                    Revenue          Increase
                                  Relationship      (Decrease)
                               ------------------  ---------------
                                  1997     1996        $     Pct
                               --------- --------  -------- ------ 
Revenue:                                                      
  Rental and service.........      81%      84%    $ 22,440   10%
  Sales and other............      19       16       14,595   33
                                  ---      ---      -------
                                  100%     100%      37,035   14
Rental expenses..............      51       54        9,974    7
Cost of goods sold...........       8        6        7,358   45
                                  ---      ---      -------      
    Gross profit.............      41       40       19,703   18

Selling, general and                                    
  administrative expenses....      20       19       10,647   20
Recapitalization costs.......      11       --       34,361   N/A
                                  ---      ---      ------- 
                                                        
    Operating earnings.......      10       21      (25,305) (46)
                                                        
Interest income..............      --        3       (7,069) (76)
Interest expense.............      (3)      --       (9,928)  N/A
Foreign currency loss........      --       --       (1,106)  N/A
                                  ---      ---       ------
    Earnings before income                         
      taxes and minority
      interest...............       7       24      (43,408) (67)
Income taxes.................       3       10       17,051   67
Minority interest............      --       --          (25)  N/A
                                  ---      ---       ------       
    Net earnings                    4%      14%    $(26,382) (68)%
                                  ===      ===       ======          

      The  Company's  revenue  is  divided  between  three  primary
operating  units.  The following table sets forth, for the  periods
indicated, the amount of revenue derived from each of these markets
($ in millions):

                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                   ---------------------------
                                       1997           1996
                                   -----------     -----------
     KCI,Therapeutic Services.....    $215.2          $184.8
     KCI, International...........      70.3            68.8
     Nutech.......................      19.1            15.7
     Other........................       2.3             0.6
                                       -----           -----
                   Total revenue      $306.9          $269.9
                                       =====           =====

Total  Revenue:   Total  revenue in 1997  was  $306.9  million,  an
increase  of $37.0 million, or 13.7%, from $269.9 million in  1996.
This  increase  was primarily attributable to growth  in  both  the
Company's   domestic   specialty  surface   and   medical   devices
businesses.  KCI,Therapeutic Services revenue includes revenue from
acute and extended care facilities as well as revenue from the home
care  setting.   Revenue  from the KCTS business  unit  was  $215.2
million,  up  $30.4 million, or 16.5%, from $184.8 million  in  the
prior  year due primarily to growth in V.A.C. rentals in the United
States  and therapy day growth in each of the wound care, pulmonary
and  bariatric  markets combined with an overall  increase  in  the
average  daily  rental  price  of its products.  Revenue  from  the
Company's  international  business was $70.3  million  compared  to
$68.8  million in the prior year, despite adverse foreign  currency
exchange  fluctuations of approximately $6.4 million. Revenue  from
the  Nutech  segment of $19.1 million increased  $3.4  million,  or
21.7%,  up  from $15.7 million in the prior year, due substantially
to  increased  market  penetration associated  with  the  Mediq/PRN
alliance.

Rental  Expenses:   Rental  expenses  consist  largely  of   field
personnel  costs,  depreciation of the Company's rental  equipment
and  related  facility costs.  Rental expenses  for  1997  totaled
$156.2 million, an increase of $10.0 million, or 6.8%, from $146.2
million  in  the prior year. The addition of extended  care  sales
representatives,   new  marketing  programs  and   product   costs
associated  with  new  and  acquired  therapies  and  technologies
accounted  for  the majority of this increase. As a percentage  of
total revenue, 1997 rental expenses were 50.9%, down from 54.2% in
the  prior period.  This decrease is primarily attributable to the
increase  in  rental  revenue, as the majority  of  the  Company's
rental or field expenses are relatively fixed.

Gross  Profit:   Gross  profit  in 1997  was  $127.1  million,  an
increase of $19.7  million, or 18.4%, from $107.4 million  in  the
year-ago period due substantially to higher revenue, combined with
relatively fixed field expenses and improved sales volumes.  Gross
profit  margin  for  1997, as a percentage of total  revenue,  was
41.4%,  up from 39.8% for the prior year.  Rental margins improved
to  37.0%, up 1.9 percentage points from 1996, while sales margins
declined  to 59.9%, from 63.3%, as the product mix shifted  toward
lower-margin overlays, particularly in the international home care
setting.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses: Selling, general and
administrative  (SG&A) expenses for 1997 were  $62.7  million,  an
increase  of  $10.6 million, or 20.5%, from 1996.  Key investments
in  marketing programs and information systems as well  as  higher
legal  and  professional  fees  and  provisions  for uncollectible
accounts receivable made up the majority  of  this  increase. As a
percentage of total revenue, SG&A expenses in  1997 were 20.4%, up
slightly from 19.3% in the year-ago period.

Recapitalization:   During  1997,  the  Company  recognized  $34.4
million  in  fees  and  expenses resulting from  the  transactions
associated  with the Recapitalization.  Recapitalization  expenses
consisted  of compensation expense associated with employee  stock
option  exercises and other incentives, commitment fees on  unused
credit   facilities,  legal  and  professional  fees   and   other
miscellaneous costs and expenses.

Operating  Earnings:   Operating  earnings  for  1997  were  $30.0
million,  a  decrease of $25.3 million, or 45.7%, from  1996,  due
substantially  to  Recapitalization expenses of $34.4  million  in
1997.  Excluding the Recapitalization expenses, operating earnings
for  1997  were  $64.4 million, an increase of  $9.1  million,  or
16.4%, from 1996.  As a percentage of total revenue, the Company's
operating   margin,   excluding  the  recapitalization   expenses,
improved to 21.0%, up from 20.5% in 1996.

Interest  Income:   Interest income earned during  1997  was  $2.3
million,  a  $7.1  million  decrease from  1996.  The  prior  year
interest  income  included $5.2 million of non-recurring  interest
income from the early repayment of all remaining notes receivables
from  the 1994 disposition of the Medical Services Division.   The
remainder  of the variance is due to lower invested cash  balances
in  1997  as the Company funded five acquisitions during the  year
from existing cash reserves.

Interest  Expense:   Interest  expense  for  the  year  was  $10.2
million,  an increase of $9.9 million from 1996.  The majority  of
this  increase was due to interest accrued on approximately $535.0
million   of   debt   outstanding   after   completion   of    the
Recapitalization.

Income  Taxes:  The Company's effective income tax rate  for  1997
was 40.0% compared to 39.5% in 1996.

Net  Earnings:  Net earnings for 1997 were $12.6 million, or $0.08
per  share,  compared to 1996 net earnings of  $39.0  million,  or
$0.22 per share.  Excluding non-recurring items, net earnings  for
1997  would have been $39.2 million, or $0.25 per share,  compared
to  1996  net  earnings  of $35.9 million,  an  increase  of  $3.3
million,   or  9.2%.   Higher  revenue  combined  with  controlled
spending accounted for the earnings improvement.

Financial Condition

     The  change in revenue and expenses experienced by the Company
during  the year ended December 31, 1998 and other factors resulted
in changes to the Company's balance sheet as follows:

      Cash  and cash equivalents were $4.4 million at December  31,
1998, a decrease of $57.4 million from December 31, 1997.  The cash
decrease is primarily attributable to payments associated with  the
Recapitalization,  including $32.3 million for first  quarter  1998
repurchases of common stock, and $19.3 million for the repayment of
long-term debt obligations.

      Accounts receivable at December 31, 1998 were $85.2 million,
an  increase  of $4.0 million, or 4.9%, from the prior  year  end.
V.A.C.  rentals  and sales which the Company  has  billed  to  the
Medicare  program  increased receivables by $4.5  million  as  the
Company   has   not  been  granted  a  Medicare  Part   B   V.A.C.
Reimbursement  Code.   The  remainder of  this  increase  was  due
primarily  to  (i) revenue growth in extended care and  home  care
markets  which tend to have customers and payors who  historically
have  paid over a longer cycle than acute care customers and  (ii)
growth in international receivables.

      Inventories at December 31, 1998 increased $7.1 million,  or
33.0%,  to  $28.7 million from the end of 1997, due  primarily  to
purchases of wound dressing and disposable devices which make up a
large percentage of total company sales revenue.

      Prepaid  expenses and other current assets of  $10.7  million
decreased 42.0% as compared to $18.4 million at December 31,  1997.
This  change resulted primarily from the refund of all 1997 federal
tax  payments  as  the  Recapitalization resulted  in  the  Company
recording a tax receivable for the year ended December 31, 1997.

      Goodwill increased $8.4 million, or 18.4%, from December 31,
1997  due  primarily to the Jobst acquisition  during  1998.   The
goodwill  associated with this acquisition will be amortized  over
25 years.
     
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at December 31,  1998
were  $3.4  million  and $37.3 million, respectively,  compared  to
$40.4  million and $41.3 million, respectively, at the end of 1997.
The  decrease in accounts payable relates primarily to payments for
shares  of  common  stock not tendered as  of  December  31,  1997.
Payments  of interest on long-term debt obligations and payment  of
an  earnout related to a prior year acquisition accounted  for  the
majority of the decrease in accrued liabilities.

      Long-term  debt  obligations, including  current  maturities,
decreased $19.3 million to $515.4 million as of December  31,  1998
due to the repayment of a portion of the Company's revolving credit
facility in addition to scheduled principal payments.

Income Taxes

      The provision for deferred income taxes is based on the asset
and  liability  method and represents the change  in  the  deferred
income  tax accounts during the year. Under the asset and liability
method  of  FAS 109, deferred income taxes are recognized  for  the
future tax consequences attributable to the difference between  the
financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets   and
liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to  apply
to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences
are  expected to be recovered or settled.  At the end of 1998,  the
net  impact  of these timing issues resulted in a net deferred  tax
liability  comprised  of  deferred tax liabilities  totaling  $27.6
million offset by deferred tax assets totaling $17.5 million.

Legal Proceedings
      A description of the Company's legal proceedings is set forth
under the caption  "Item 3. Legal Proceedings".

Liquidity and Capital Resources
     
     At December 31, 1998, the Company had current assets of $128.9
million  and  current liabilities of $52.3 million resulting  in  a
working capital surplus of $76.6 million, compared to a surplus  of
$96.4 million at December 31, 1997.

      During  1998,  the Company made net capital  expenditures  of
$28.4  million, including inventory to be converted into  equipment
for  short term rentals of $700,000. Other than commitments for new
product  inventory,  including disposable "for sale"  products,  of
$4.0  million,  the  Company  has  no  material  long-term  capital
commitments and can adjust the level of its capital expenditures as
circumstances warrant.

      The Company's principal sources of liquidity are expected  to
be  cash  flows from operating activities and borrowings under  the
Senior  Credit  Facilities.  It is anticipated that  the  Company's
principal  uses  of liquidity will be to fund capital  expenditures
related  to  the Company's rental products, provide needed  working
capital,  meet debt service requirements and finance the  Company's
strategic plans.

     The Senior Credit Facilities originally totaled $400.0 million
and  consist  of  (i)  a  $50.0 million six-year  Revolving  Credit
Facility, (ii) a $50.0 million six-year Acquisition Facility, (iii)
a  $120.0  million six-year amortizing Term Loan A,  (iv)  a  $90.0
million  seven-year amortizing Term Loan B and (v) a $90.0  million
eight-year  amortizing  Term  Loan  C,  (collectively,  the   "Term
Loans").  The Term Loans were fully drawn to finance a  portion  of
the  Recapitalization,  and scheduled principal  payments  totaling
$4.8  million  were  made  in  a timely  manner.   The  Acquisition
Facility  was  partially drawn,  in  effect, to finance   the   RIK
Medical acquisition.  The Acquisition Facility provides the Company
with  financing to pursue strategic acquisition opportunities,  and
will  remain available to the Company until December 31,  2000,  at
which time it will begin to amortize over the remaining three years
of  the facility.  The Company originally utilized borrowings under
the  Revolving Facility to help effect the Recapitalization and pay
related  fees  and expenses.  While the Company reduced  borrowings
under  this facility by $14.5 million in 1998, it has utilized  and
will  utilize  borrowings  to fund capital  expenditures  and  meet
working capital needs.

     The Term Loans are payable in equal quarterly installments (1)
subject to an amortization schedule as follows:

       Year                                  Amount
       ----                                -----------
       1999............................    $ 8,800,000
       2000............................    $16,800,000
       2001............................    $31,800,000
       2002............................    $31,800,000
       2003............................    $36,800,000
       2004............................    $85,500,000
       2005............................    $83,700,000

(1)  The  first  three  quarterly principal installments  for  2004
     shall  be  $450,000 with the final installment for  that  year
     equal  to $84,150,000.  For 2005, the first three installments
     shall be equal to $225,000 and the final installment shall  be
     equal to $83,025,000.

      The  Term Loans and the Notes are subject to customary terms,
covenants  and  conditions which partially  restrict  the  uses  of
future cash flow by the Company.  The Company does not expect  that
these  covenants and conditions will have a material adverse impact
on  its operations.  At December 31, 1998, the Acquisition Facility
and  the  Revolving Credit Facility had a balance of $10.0  million
each.   Accordingly,  the aggregate availability  under  these  two
facilities was $80.0 million.

     Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, including the
Revolving  Credit  Facility (other than  certain  loans  under  the
Revolving Credit Facility designated in foreign currency), the Term
Loans and the Acquisition Facility  initially  bear  interest at  a
rate  based  upon  (i)  the  Base  Rate  (defined  as  the   higher
of  (x)  the  rate  of  interest  publicly  announced  by  Bank  of
America as its "reference rate" and (y) the federal funds effective
rate  from time to time plus 0.50%), plus 1.25% in respect  of  the
Tranche A Term Loans, the loans under the Revolving Credit Facility
(the  "Revolving  Loans")  and  the  loans  under  the  Acquisition
Facility (the "Acquisition Loans"), 1.50% in respect of the Tranche
B  Term Loans and 1.75% in respect of the Tranche C Term Loans,  or
at  the  Company's option, (ii) the Eurodollar Rate (as defined  in
the  Senior Credit Facility Agreement) for one, two, three  or  six
months, in each case plus 2.25% in respect of Tranche A Term Loans,
Revolving Loans and Acquisition Loans, 2.50% in respect of  Tranche
B  Term  Loans  and 2.75% in respect of the Tranche C  Term  Loans.
Certain  Revolving  Loans  designated  in  foreign  currency   will
initially bear interest at a rate based upon the cost of funds  for
such  loans, plus 2.25% or 2.50%, depending on the type of  foreign
currency.  Performance-based reductions of the interest rates under
the  Term Loans, the Revolving Loans and the Acquisition Loans  are
available.  In  December  1998,  the  Company  entered  into  three
interest rate protection agreements whereby the base  interest rate
on  $280,000,000  of  the term loans is fixed at an average rate of
approximately 5.26% through 1999.

      Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Agreement
is  guaranteed by certain of the subsidiaries of the Company and is
secured  by (i) a first priority security interest in all,  subject
to  certain  customary exceptions, of the tangible  and  intangible
assets  of  the  Company and its domestic subsidiaries,  including,
without limitation, intellectual property and real estate owned  by
the  Company and its subsidiaries, (ii) a first priority  perfected
pledge  of all capital stock of the Company's domestic subsidiaries
and  (iii)  a first priority perfected pledge of up to 65%  of  the
capital stock of foreign subsidiaries owned directly by the Company
or its domestic subsidiaries.

      The  Senior  Credit Agreement requires the  Company  to  meet
certain  financial tests, including minimum levels  of  EBITDA  (as
defined therein), minimum interest coverage, maximum leverage ratio
and  capital expenditures.  The Bank Credit Agreement also contains
covenants  which,  among  other things,  limit  the  incurrence  of
additional   indebtedness,  investments,   dividends,   loans   and
advances, capital expenditures, transactions with affiliates, asset
sales,  acquisitions,  mergers and consolidations,  prepayments  of
other  indebtedness (including the Notes), liens  and  encumbrances
and  other matters customarily restricted in such agreements.   The
Company  is in compliance with the applicable covenants at December
31, 1998.

      The  Senior  Credit  Agreement contains customary  events  of
default, including payment defaults, breachs of representations and
warranties,  covenant  defaults, cross-defaults  to  certain  other
indebtedness,  certain  events  of  bankruptcy   and    insolvency,
failures   under   ERISA   plans,  judgment   defaults,  change  of
control  of  the  Company  and failure of  any  guaranty,  security
document,  security interest or subordination provision  supporting
the Bank Credit Agreement to be in full force and effect.
     
     As  part  of  the Recapitalization transactions,  the  Company
issued  $200.0  million of Senior Subordinated Notes (the  "Notes")
due  2007.  The  Notes are unsecured obligations  of  the  Company,
ranking subordinate in right of payment to all senior debt  of  the
Company and will mature on November 1, 2007.

      The  Notes  are not entitled to the benefit of any  mandatory
sinking  fund.  The  Notes  will be redeemable,  at  the  Company's
option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time,  on  and
after  November  1, 2002, upon not less than 30 nor  more  than  60
days'  notice,  at  the following redemption prices  (expressed  as
percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the
twelve-month period commencing on November 1 of the year set  forth
below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon,  if
any, to the date of redemption.

     Year                                   Percentage
     ----                                   ----------          
     2002..................................  104.813%
     2003..................................  103.208%
     2004..................................  101.604%
     2005 and therafter....................  100.000%

      At any time, or from time to time, the Company may acquire  a
portion  of the Notes through open-market purchases.  Also,  on  or
prior  to November 1, 2000, the Company may, at its option, on  one
or  more occasions use all or a portion of the net cash proceeds of
one    or     more     equity   offerings   to   redeem  the  Notes
issued  under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 109.625%
of  the  principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid  interest
thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at  least
65%  of  the  principal amount of Notes originally  issued  remains
outstanding  immediately after any such redemption.   In  order  to
effect  the  foregoing redemption with the proceeds of  any  equity
offering, the Company shall make such redemption not more than  120
days  after the consummation of any such equity offering.

      As  of  December 31, 1998 the entire $200.0 million of Senior
Subordinated Notes was issued and outstanding.

      During 1998, the Company generated $43.9 million in cash from
operating  activities  compared to $10.7  in  the  prior  year,  an
increase  of $33.2 million.  The increase in operating  cash  flows
resulted primarily from improved collections of accounts receivable
and a decrease in other current assets related to the refund of all
federal  tax  payments made in 1997 as a result  of  the  Company's
leveraged  recapitalization.  Investment activities  in  1998  used
$42.5  million of cash, including net capital expenditures of $28.4
million  and  $11.3  million  used to fund  business  acquisitions.
Financing   activities  for  1998  used  $59.1  million  consisting
primarily  of  $41.7 million used to complete the  recapitalization
transactions and $19.3 million of long-term debt repayments.

      At  December  31,  1998, cash and cash  equivalents  of  $4.4
million were available for general corporate purposes.  Based  upon
the  current  level of operations, the Company believes  that  cash
flow  from operations and the availability under its line of credit
will  be  adequate  to meet its anticipated requirements  for  debt
repayment,  working capital and capital expenditures through  1999.
Also   at   year-end,  the  Company  was  committed   to   purchase
approximately  $4.0  million  of  inventory  associated  with   new
products  over  the  next  year.  In  addition,  the  Company  will
complete  its  acquisition of the Jobst product line  during  1999.
The Company did not have any other material purchase commitments.


Known Trends or Uncertainties

Euro Currency
- -------------

      On  January 1, 1999, the European Economic and Monetary Union
("EMU")  entered a three-year transition phase during which  a  new
common  currency,  the  "Euro", was introduced   in   participating
countries and fixed conversion  rates were  established through the
European Central Bank ("ECB") between existing local currencies and
the Euro. From that date, the Euro is traded on currency exchanges.

      Following  introduction of the Euro,  local  currencies  will
remain   legal  tender  until  December  31,  2001.   During   this
transition period, goods and services may be paid for with the Euro
or  local  currency under the EMU's "no compulsion, no prohibition"
principle.

      Based on its evaluation to date, management believes that the
introduction of the Euro will not have a material adverse impact on
the  Company's  financial position, results of operations  or  cash
flows.  However, uncertainty exists as to the effects the Euro will
have  on the marketplace, and there is no guarantee that all issues
will  be  foreseen and corrected or that other third  parties  will
address the conversion successfully.

      The Company has reviewed its information systems software and
identified  modifications necessary to ensure business transactions
can be conducted consistent with the requirements of the conversion
to the Euro.  Certain of these modifications have been implemented,
and others will be implemented during the course of  the transition
period.  The Company expects that modifications not yet implemented
will be made on a  timely  basis and expects  the  incremental cost
of the Euro  conversion  to  be immaterial.

      The  Euro  introduction is not expected to  have  a  material
impact  on  the  Company's  overall  currency  risk.   The  Company
anticipates  the  Euro will simplify financial  issues  related  to
cross-border trade in the EMU and reduce the transaction costs  and
administrative  time  necessary to manage this  trade  and  related
risks.   However, the Company believes that the associated  savings
will not be material to corporate results.

Reimbursement
- -------------

      The  implementation  of  a  prospective  payment  system  for
extended  care  facilities  has changed  the  way  skilled  nursing
facilities  buy  or rent products.  The effect of this  change  has
been  to  sharply  reduce  the Company's  rental  revenues  in  the
extended care market.  The Company believes that in the long  term,
under  a  fixed payment system, decisions on selecting the products
and  services  used in patient care will be based on  clinical  and
cost effectiveness.  The Company's innovative and extensive product
continuum  significantly improves clinical outcomes while  reducing
the cost of patient care should allow it to compete effectively  in
this environment.

      The  Company currently rents and sells the V.A.C. in all care
settings and market acceptance of this product has been better than
expected.   This  is  evidenced by the significant  revenue  growth
experienced in the three years that the product has been  available
domestically.   However, the Company has not  received  a  Medicare
reimbursement  code,  and an associated coverage  policy,  for  the
V.A.C. in the home care setting.  HCFA has indicated that the grant
of a reimbursement code is dependent upon its receipt and review of
clinical  data.   The Company continues to vigorously  pursue  this
reimbursement coverage.


Impact of Year 2000

      The  Year  2000 issue arose as a result of computer  software
programs being written using two digits rather than four digits  to
define  the date field.  Certain of the Company's existing computer
programs  that  have time-sensitive software may recognize  a  date
using  "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.  This could
result in system failure or miscalculations causing disruptions  of
operations, including, among other things, a temporary inability to
process transactions or engage in other normal business activities.

      Based on a recent assessment, the Company has determined that
it  needs to modify or replace key portions of its software so that
its  information  technology ("IT") systems will function  properly
with  respect  to  dates  beyond December 31,  1999.   The  Company
presently  believes  that  through its  conversion  to  the  Oracle
applications   platform  and with  modifications to other  existing
software,  the Year 2000 issue may be mitigated. However,  if  such
modifications  and  conversions are not made properly  or  are  not
completed timely, the Year 2000 issue could have a material  impact
on the operations of the Company.

     The Company's plan to resolve the Year 2000 issue involves the
following  four  phases:   assessment,  remediation,  testing   and
implementation.

Assessment
- ----------

      To  date, the Company has completed its assessment of all  IT
systems that could be significantly affected by the Year 2000.  The
completed   assessment  indicated  that  most  of   the   Company's
significant IT systems could be affected, particularly the  general
ledger,  billing  and  manufacturing  (inventory)  systems.    That
assessment  also  indicated  that software  and  hardware  used  in
production, distribution and time and attendance systems  also  are
at  risk.   However,  based on a review of its  product  line,  the
Company  has  determined that the products it  has  sold  and  will
continue  to  sell  do  not require remediation  to  be  Year  2000
compliant.  Accordingly, the Company does not believe that the Year
2000  presents  a material exposure as it relates to the  Company's
products.  In addition, the Company has gathered information  about
the  Year  2000 compliance status of its significant suppliers  and
customers and continues to monitor their compliance.

Remediation
- -----------

      The Company is 75% complete on the remediation phase for  its
IT  systems  and expects to complete software modifications  and/or
replacements   no  later  that  June  30,  1999.    Once   software
modifications or replacements are completed, the systems are tested
for  compliance.  These phases can run concurrently  for  different
systems.     To     date,     the     Company     has     completed
installations/modifications   on  all   mission-critical   domestic
systems.  Internationally, the Company is installing new integrated
software applications which are expected to be completed by the end
of July 1999.

Testing
- ------- 

      Testing  is in process or has been completed for all  systems
for  which the remediation phase has been completed.  To date, this
testing  has  identified  the need for certain  additional  program
modifications. The additional modifications are expected to be made
no later than June 30, 1999 at  which  time  the  upgraded  systems
will be  retested.  Testing  of  the  remaining  systems  should be
completed during the third quarter  of  1999.   An integration test
will also be performed at that time.

Implementation
- --------------

      Many  applications and systems have been put into production.
These  include  servers, personal computers  and  various  software
programs.   Applications and systems are put into  production  once
they  have  been  tested.   All affected applications  and  systems
should be in production by the end of the third quarter of 1999.

      The Company believes that it has completed the assessment  of
all  major  non-information technology based systems.   Remediation
plans have been developed, where necessary, and implementation  has
been completed.  Testing of the remediation steps will be completed
during the second quarter.

Third Parties and Related Systems
- ---------------------------------

      The  Company's  third party payor ("claims")  billing  system
interfaces  directly with certain third party payor programs.   The
Company  believes that its billing software is Year 2000  compliant
and  is in the process of testing the interfaces to ensure that the
Company's  claims billing interface systems are Year 2000 compliant
by the end of September, 1999.

       In  addition,  the  Company  has  surveyed  its  significant
suppliers and large customers that do not share information systems
with  the  Company.   To date, the Company  is  not  aware  of  any
significant customer or supplier with a Year 2000 issue that  would
materially impact the Company's results of operations, liquidity or
capital  resources.  However, the Company has no means of  ensuring
that all third parties will be ready for the Year 2000.  There  can
be  no  guarantee that the inability of a significant  customer  or
supplier to complete their Year 2000 readiness program in a  timely
manner would not materially impact the operations of the Company.

Costs
- -----

      The  total cost of the Year 2000 project is estimated at $7.4
million  and  is being funded through operating cash  flows.   $6.3
million  of  this total will be used to purchase new software  that
will be capitalized and the remaining $1.1 million will be expensed
as  incurred.   Through  December 31, 1998,  the  Company  incurred
approximately  $6.9  million ($900,000 expensed  and  $6.0  million
capitalized  for  new software), related to the assessment  of  the
Year  2000  issue, development of a modification plan,  preliminary
software  modifications, purchase of new software, where necessary,
and testing of implemented systems.


Risks and Contingency Plan
- --------------------------

     Management of the Company believes it has an effective program
in  place  to resolve the Year 2000 issue in a timely  manner.   As
noted  above,  however,  the  Company has  not  yet  completed  all
necessary phases of the Year 2000 program.  The Company is  in  the
process  of    determining  the   risks  it  would   face  in   the
event  certain aspects of its Year 2000 remediation program failed.
It  is  also  developing contingency plans for all mission-critical
processes  not  yet completed.  Under a "worst case" scenario,  the
Company's  international operations would  be  unable  to  deliver,
track and bill for products due to internal system failures and the
Company, as a whole, would be unable to deliver key products due to
the  inability  of  external  vendors  to  deliver  such  products.
Alternative suppliers are being identified and inventory levels  of
certain   key   products  and/or  components  may  be   temporarily
increased.   While virtually all internal systems can  be  replaced
with  manual  systems  on a temporary basis,  the  failure  of  any
mission-critical  system will have at least a  short-term  negative
effect  on  operations.   The  failure of  national  and  worldwide
banking  information  systems  or the  loss  of  essential  utility
services  due to the Year 2000 issue could result in the  inability
of many businesses, including the Company, to conduct business.

Pending Accounting Pronouncements

     In  June  1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards   Board
issued Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities, which must be adopted in years beginning  after
June  15,  1999.  The Company expects to adopt  the  new  Statement
effective January 1, 2000.  The Statement will require the  Company
to  recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at  fair  value.
Derivatives  that  are not hedges must be adjusted  to  fair  value
through  income.   If the derivative is a hedge, depending  on  the
nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives  will
either  be  offset against the change in fair value of  the  hedged
assets,  liabilities,  or  firm  commitments  through  earnings  or
recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged  item  is
recognized  in earnings.  The ineffective portion of a derivative's
change  in  fair value will be immediately recognized in  earnings.
The Company has not yet determined what the effect of Statement 133
will be on the earnings and financial position of the Company.

     In  March  1998,  the  AICPA  issued SOP 98-1, "Accounting For
the  Costs  of  Computer Software Developed  For  or  Obtained  For
Internal-Use."   The SOP is effective beginning  January  1,  1999.
The  SOP  will require the capitalization of certain costs incurred
after  the  date  of  adoption  in connection  with  developing  or
obtaining  software  for  internal-use.   The  Company   does   not
anticipate the adoption of this SOP will have a material impact  on
the Company's future earnings or financial position.


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

      The  Company  is  exposed to various market risks,  including
fluctuations in interest rates and variability in currency exchange
rates.   The  Company  has  established  policies,  procedures  and
internal processes governing its management of market risks and the
use of financial instruments to manage its exposure to such risks.

Interest Rate Risk
- ------------------

     At December 31, 1998, approximately 61% of the Company's long-
term  debt  bore  interest at variable rates.  These  variable-rate
facilities bear interest at a stated rate based upon a  Base   Rate
(defined as  the   higher  of  (i)  the  rate  of interest publicly
announced by Bank of America as its "reference  rate"  and (ii) the
federal funds effective rate from time to  time  plus 0.50%) or the
Eurodollar Rate (as defined) for one,  two,  three  or  six  months
plus associated credit risk factors from  1.50% to 2.75%  depending
on   the  base  rate  and  maturity (see  Note 5  to  the Company's
consolidated financial statements).

      In  an  effort to minimize the risk of adverse interest  rate
fluctuations,  the  Company has entered into  three  interest  rate
protection agreements which effectively fix the base borrowing rate
on  88% of the Company's variable rate debt as follows (dollars  in
millions):

                                              Annual
                    Swap                     Interest
                  Maturity        Amount       Rate
                 ----------       ------    ---------
                 01/08/2002       $150.0     5.5775%
                 12/29/2000         95.0     4.8950%
                 12/31/1999         35.0     4.8550%

      As a result of these interest rate protection agreements, the
Company believes that movements in short term interest rates  would
not materially affect the financial position of the Company.

Foreign Currency and Market Risk
- --------------------------------

      The  Company has direct operations in Western Europe,  Canada
and Australia and distributor relationships in many other parts  of
the  world.  The Company's foreign operations are measured in their
local  currencies.   As a result, the Company's  financial  results
could  be  affected by factors such as changes in foreign  currency
exchange  rates or weak economic conditions in the foreign  markets
in  which the Company has operations.  Exposure to this variability
is  managed  primarily through the use of natural  hedges,  whereby
funding  obligations  and assets are  both  managed  in  the  local
currency.  The Company maintains no other derivative instruments to
mitigate  the  exposure  to  translation and/or  transaction  risk.
International operations reported operating profit of $15.3 million
for  the  year ended December 31, 1998.  It is estimated  that  the
result of a 10% fluctuation in the value of the dollar relative  to
these  foreign  currencies  at December 31,1998  would  change  the
Company's   1998  net  income  by   approximately  $940,000.    The
Company's  analysis  does not consider the implications  that  such
fluctuations could have on the overall economic activity that could
exist  in  such an environment in the U.S. or the foreign countries
or on the results of operations of these foreign entities.


Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
- ----------------------------------------------------

              KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    Consolidated Balance Sheets
                          (in thousands)

<TABLE>                                                       
                                              December 31,
                                            ------------------
                                              1998       1997
<CAPTION>                                   -------    -------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>   
                                                    
ASSETS                                            
Current assets:                                   
  Cash and cash equivalents.............   $  4,366   $ 61,754
  Accounts receivable, net..............     85,212     81,238
  Inventories...........................     28,662     21,553
  Prepaid expenses and other............     10,707     18,446
                                            -------    -------
          Total current assets..........    128,947    182,991
                                            -------    -------
                                                            
Net property, plant and equipment.......     77,950     75,434
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization
  of $17,323 in 1998 and $13,989 in 1997     54,327     45,899
Loan issuance cost, less accumulated                     
  amortization of $2,687 in 1998 and
  $382 in 1997..........................     15,380     17,346
Other assets, less accumulated
  amortization of $3,425 in 1998 and
  $3,100 in 1997........................     31,469     29,481
                                            -------    -------   
                                           $308,073   $351,151
                                            =======    =======             
                                                            
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
                                                            
Current liabilities:                         
  Accounts payable......................   $  3,438   $ 40,353
  Accrued expenses......................     37,277     41,334
  Current installments of long-term 
    obligations.........................      8,800      4,800
  Current installments of capital lease
    obligations.........................        150        139
  Income tax payable....................      2,689         --
                                            -------    -------
          Total current liabilities.....     52,354     86,626
                                            -------    ------- 
                                                            
Long-term obligations, excluding current
  installments..........................    507,055    529,901
Capital lease obligations, excluding               
  current installments..................        129        312
Deferred income taxes, net..............     10,123     10,010
                                            -------    -------
                                            569,661    626,849
                                            -------    -------  

Commitments and contingencies  (Note 13)
                                                            
Shareholders' deficit:                       
Common stock; issued and outstanding
  70,915 in 1998 and 17,713 in 1997.....         71         17
Retained deficit........................   (259,121)  (273,231)
Accumulated other comprehensive income..     (2,538)    (2,484)
                                            -------    -------                
                                           (261,588)  (275,698)
                                            -------    -------
                                                            
                                           $308,073   $351,151
                                            =======    =======             
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


              KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                Consolidated Statements of Earnings
               (in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
                                          Year Ended December 31,
                                     -----------------------------------
                                        1998        1997        1996
<CAPTION>                            ----------   ----------  ----------
         
<S>                                  <C>          <C>         <C>     
Revenue:                                                            
  Rental and service..............   $258,482     $247,890     $225,450
  Sales and other.................     71,989       59,026       44,431
                                      -------      -------      -------
         Total revenue............    330,471      306,916      269,881
                                      -------      -------      ------- 
                                                            
Rental expenses...................    165,461      156,179      146,205
Cost of goods sold................     27,881       23,673       16,315
                                      -------      -------      -------
                                      193,342      179,852      162,520
                                      -------      -------      -------
         Gross profit.............    137,129      127,064      107,361
                                                            
Selling, general and administrative  
  expenses........................     69,569       62,654       52,007
Recapitalization expenses.........         --       34,361           --
                                      -------      -------      -------
         Operating earnings.......     67,560       30,049       55,354
                                                  
                                                            
Interest income...................        616        2,263        9,332
Interest expense..................    (48,594)     (10,173)        (245)
Foreign currency gain (loss)......         20       (1,106)          --
                                      -------      -------       ------
         Earnings before income                        
           taxes and minority
           interest...............     19,602       21,033       64,441
Income taxes......................      7,851        8,403       25,454
                                      -------      -------       ------
         Earnings before minority        
           interest...............     11,751       12,630       38,987
Minority interest in subsidiary
  loss (gain).....................         25          (25)          --
                                      -------      -------      -------
         Net earnings                $ 11,776     $ 12,605     $ 38,987
                                      =======      =======      =======
                                                            
Earnings per common share.........   $   0.17     $   0.08     $   0.22
                                      =======      =======      ======= 
                                                            
Earnings per common share -
  assuming dilution...............   $   0.16     $   0.08     $   0.21
                                      =======      =======      =======
                                                            
Average common shares:                                      
         Basic (weighted average 
              outstanding shares)..     70,873      154,364      175,832 
                                       =======      =======      =======
         Diluted (weighted average        
              outstanding shares)..     73,233      159,640      181,956
                                       =======      =======      ======= 
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


              KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                          (in thousands)

<TABLE>
                                             Year Ended December 31,
                                          ----------------------------    
                                            1998      1997       1996
<CAPTION>                                 ---------  --------  --------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>       <C>

Cash flows from operating activities:                                 
Net earnings............................    $ 11,776   $ 12,605   $38,987
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings
  to net cash provided by operating                       
  activities:                       
  Depreciation..........................      25,814     21,091    20,301
  Amortization..........................       5,964      2,989     1,493
  Provision for uncollectible accounts                         
    receivable..........................       3,707      5,888     2,457
  Gain on early repayment of notes                            
    receivable..........................          --         --    (5,180)
  Change in assets and liabilities net
    of effects from purchase of                      
    subsidiaries and unusual items:                         
    Increase in accounts receivable, net      (7,808)   (24,920)   (4,626)
    Decrease in notes receivable........          --         --     3,187
    Increase in inventories.............      (7,186)       (13)   (1,034)
    Decrease (increase)in prepaid
      expenses and other................       7,739    (11,199)   (1,927)
    Increase in accounts payable........       4,715        392     1,525
    Increase (decrease) in accrued
      expenses..........................      (4,121)     1,896     3,349
    Increase (decrease) in income taxes                        
      payable...........................       2,689     (2,970)   (1,056)
    Increase in deferred income taxes,
      net...............................         113      4,945     4,691
    Increase in non current deferred
      other.............................         483         --        -- 
                                              ------     ------    ------  
          Net cash provided by operating                       
            activities..................      43,885     10,704    62,167
                                              ------     ------    ------
Cash flows from investing activities:                          
  Additions to property, plant and                             
    equipment...........................     (29,913)   (27,672)  (27,783) 
  Decrease (increase) in inventory to be                       
    converted into equipment for
    short-term rental...................        (700)    (2,850)      700
  Dispositions of property, plant and                          
    equipment...........................       2,207      2,620     5,400
  Excess principal repayment on
    discounted notes receivable.........          --         --     5,180
  Business acquired in purchase                                
    transactions, net of cash acquired..     (11,266)   (41,153)   (1,146)
  Note paid by principal shareholder....          --         --    10,000
  Decrease (increase) in other assets...      (2,806)       939    (9,960)
                                              ------     ------    ------ 
          Net cash used by investing                    
            activities..................     (42,478)   (68,116)  (17,609)
                                              ------     ------    ------
Cash flows from financing activities:                          
  Borrowing (repayment) of notes payable                       
    and long-term obligations...........     (19,329)   534,701        --
  Borrowing (repayment) of capital lease                       
    obligations.........................        (172)      (333)      457
  Loan issuance costs...................        (339)   (17,734)       --
  Proceeds from the exercise of stock         
    options.............................         300      3,668     4,264
  Purchase and retirement of treasury 
    stock...............................          --     (3,827)  (35,241)
  Cash dividends paid to shareholders...          --     (6,388)   (6,607)
  Recapitalization costs-purchase of 
    treasury stock......................          --   (631,606)       --
  Recapitalization costs-proceeds from                         
    common stock issuance...............          --    150,184        --
  Recapitalization costs-fees and
    expenses............................       2,088     (8,626)       --
  Recapitalization costs-amounts
    incurred in 1997, paid in 1998......     (41,652)    41,652        --
  Other.................................          (2)       253      (150)
                                              ------     ------    ------
          Net cash provided (used) by                          
            financing activities........     (59,106)    61,944   (37,277)
                                              ------     ------    ------ 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
  and equivalents.......................         311     (1,823)     (635)
                                              ------     ------    ------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash                       
  equivalents...........................     (57,388)     2,709     6,646
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of                        
  year..................................      61,754     59,045    52,399
                                              ------     ------    ------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year..     $ 4,366   $ 61,754  $ 59,045
                                              ======     ======    ======
                                 
</TABLE>

   See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                     KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity
                       Three Years Ended December 31, 1998
                      (in thousands, except per share data)
                                                                       
<TABLE>                                                                
                                                               
                                                               Notes       
                                                               Receivable
                                                               from       Accumu-
                                                               Officers   lated      Total   
                                                               for        Other      Share-  
                                Additional Retained            Exercise   Compre-    holders' 
                        Common  Paid-In    Earnings  Treasury  of Stock   hensive    Equity  
                        Stock   Capital    (Deficit) Stock     Options    Income    (Deficit) 
                        -----   ---------- --------- --------  ---------  --------  --------
<CAPTION>
<S>                     <C>     <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>      
                      
Balances at December                                                                
  31, 1995............  $  44   $12,123    $ 197,290  $    --   $  (185)  $  1,052   $ 210,324
Net earnings..........     --        --       38,987       --        --         --      38,987
Foreign currency                                                                    
  translation               
  adjustment..........     --        --           --       --        --       (497)       (497)
                                                                                       ------- 
Total comprehensive                                                                 
  income..............                                                                  38,490 
                                                                                       -------     
Exercise of stock
  options.............     --     2,098           --       --      (150)        --       1,948     
Tax benefit realized                                                                
  from stock option
  plan................     --     2,166           --       --        --         --       2,166 
Treasury stock   
  purchased...........     --        --           --  (35,241)       --         --     (35,241) 
Treasury stock retired     (2)  (16,387)     (18,854)  35,241        --         --          (2)
Cash dividends on                                                                   
  common stock --                                                                   
    $0.038 per share..     --        --       (6,607)      --        --         --      (6,607)
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at December                                                                
  31, 1996............     42        --      210,816       --      (335)       555     211,078    
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings..........     --        --       12,605       --        --         --      12,605 
Foreign currency                                                     
  translation
  adjustment..........     --        --           --       --        --     (3,039)     (3,039)
                                                                                       -------     
Total comprehensive                                                  
  income..............                                                                   9,566  
                                                                                       -------  
                                                                                    
Exercise of stock
  options.............     --     2,019           --       --       335         --       2,354
Tax benefit realized                                            
  from stock option
  plan................     --     1,567           --       --        --         --       1,567
Treasury stock retired     --    15,330      (19,157)      --        --         --      (3,827)
Cash dividends on                                                                   
  common stock--                                                                    
    $0.028 per share..     --        --       (6,388)      --        --         --      (6,388)
Purchase of treasury    
  stock...............    (32)  (18,916)    (612,658)      --        --         --    (631,606)
Proceeds from common                                                                
  stock issuance......      7        --      150,177       --        --         --     150,184 
Recapitalization
  fees and expenses...     --        --       (8,626)      --        --         --      (8,626)
                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at December                                                                
  31, 1997............  $  17   $    --    $(273,231) $    --   $    --    $(2,484)  $(275,698)
                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings..........     --        --       11,776       --        --         --      11,776
Foreign currency                                                                    
  translation
  adjustment..........     --        --           --       --        --        (54)        (54)  
                                                                                       -------       
Total comprehensive                                                
  income..............                                                                  11,722   
                                                                                       -------  
Exercise of stock
  options.............     --       300           --       --        --         --         300   
Reimbursement of
recapitalization costs     --         1        2,087       --        --         --       2,088  
Stock split...........     54       (54)          --       --        --         --          --
Reclass to retained                                          
  earnings............     --      (247)         247       --        --         --          --
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at December                                                                
  31, 1998............  $  71   $    --    $(259,121) $    --   $    --    $(2,538)  $(261,588)
                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        
</TABLE>                                     
   
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
           
                        
                  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
  

NOTE 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
         ------------------------------------------
                         
(a) Principles of Consolidation
    ---------------------------
 
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts  of
Kinetic  Concepts, Inc. ("KCI") and all subsidiaries (collectively,
the   "Company").   All  significant  intercompany   balances   and
transactions   have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.   Certain
reclassifications of amounts related to prior years have been  made
to conform with the 1998 presentation.


(b) Nature of Operations and Customer Concentration
    -----------------------------------------------

     The  Company  designs, manufactures, markets  and  distributes
therapeutic  products, primarily specialty hospital beds,  mattress
overlays   and   medical  devices  that  treat  and   prevent   the
complications  of  immobility.  The  principal  markets   for   the
Company's  products  are  domestic and  international  health  care
providers,  predominantly  hospitals and extended  care  facilities
throughout  the  U.S.  and Western Europe. Receivables  from  these
customers are unsecured.

      The  Company contracts with both proprietary hospital  groups
and voluntary group purchasing organizations ("GPOs").  Proprietary
hospital groups own all of the hospitals which they represent  and,
as  a  result,  can  ensure complete compliance  with  an  executed
national  agreement.  Voluntary GPOs negotiate contracts on  behalf
of  member  hospital  organizations but cannot  ensure  that  their
members  will  comply  with  the  terms  of  an  executed  national
agreement.  Approximately 46% of the Company's revenue during  1998
was generated under national agreements with GPOs.

       The  Company  operates  directly  in  12  foreign  countries
including Germany, Austria, the United Kingdom, Canada, France, the
Netherlands,  Switzerland, Australia, Sweden,  Italy,  Denmark  and
Ireland (see Note 14).


(c) Revenue Recognition
    -------------------

     Service  and  rental revenue are recognized  as  services  are
rendered. Sales and other revenue are recognized when products  are
shipped.


(d) Cash and Cash Equivalents
    -------------------------

     The  Company considers all highly liquid investments  with  an
original maturity of ninety days or less to be cash equivalents.


(e) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
    -----------------------------------

     The  carrying amount reported in the balance sheet  for  cash,
accounts  receivable, long-term securities, accounts  payable,  and
long-term  obligations approximates their fair value.  The  Company
estimates  the  fair value of long-term obligations by  discounting
the  future  cash  flows  of the respective instrument,  using  the
Company's incremental rate of borrowing for a similar instrument.



(f) Inventories
    -----------

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in,  first-
out)  or  market  (net realizable value). Costs  include  material,
labor  and manufacturing overhead costs. Inventory expected  to  be
converted   into   equipment  for  short-term   rental   has   been
reclassified to property, plant and equipment.


(g) Property, Plant and Equipment
    -----------------------------

     Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Betterments
which extend the useful life of the equipment are capitalized.


(h) Depreciation
    ------------

     Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is calculated on
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (thirty to
forty  years for the buildings and between three and ten years  for
most of the Company's other property and equipment) of the assets.


(i) Goodwill
    --------

     Goodwill  represents the excess purchase price over  the  fair
value  of net assets acquired and is amortized over three to twenty-
five  years  from  the date of acquisition using the  straight-line
method.

      The  carrying  value  of goodwill is  based  on  management's
current   assessment   of  recoverability.   Management   evaluates
recoverability   using  both  objective  and  subjective   factors.
Objective  factors include management's best estimates of projected
future  earnings  and cash flows and analysis of recent  sales  and
earnings  trends. Subjective factors include competitive  analysis,
technological   advantage  or  disadvantage,  and   the   Company's
strategic focus.


(j) Other Assets
    ------------

     Other assets consist principally of patents, trademarks, long-
term  investments, cash and investments restricted for use  by  the
Company's  captive  insurance company and  the  estimated  residual
value of assets subject to leveraged leases. Patents and trademarks
are  amortized  over the estimated useful life  of  the  respective
asset using the straight-line method.


(k) Income Taxes
    ------------

     The  Company recognizes certain transactions in different time
periods  for financial reporting and income tax purposes.  Deferred
tax  assets  and  liabilities are recognized  for  the  future  tax
consequences  attributable  to differences  between  the  financial
statement  carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities  and
their respective tax bases. The provision for deferred income taxes
represents  the change in deferred income tax accounts  during  the
year.


(l) Common Stock
    ------------

      The  Company  is  authorized to issue 400 million  shares  of
Common  Stock, $0.001 par value (the "Common Stock").   During  the
third  quarter  of 1998, the Company declared a four-for-one  stock
split on the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company,
par  value  $0.001 per share, payable to the holders of  record  of
said  stock on September 1, 1998.  The split was achieved by  means
of  a three-for-one stock dividend on all outstanding common shares
of the Company.  All share, per share, stock price and stock option
amounts  shown in the financial statements (except the Consolidated
Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity) and related footnotes
have been restated to reflect the stock split.


(m) Earnings Per Share
    ------------------

     In  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standard  Board  issued
Statement No. 128, Earnings per Share.  Statement 128 replaced  the
calculation  of  primary and fully diluted earning per  share  with
basic and diluted earnings per share.  Unlike primary earnings  per
share,  basic earnings per share excludes any dilutive  effects  of
options, warrants and convertible securities.  Diluted earnings per
share  is  very  similar to the previously reported  fully  diluted
earnings per share.  All earnings per share amounts for all periods
have been presented, and where appropriate, restated to conform  to
the Statement 128 requirements.


(n) Use of Estimates
    ----------------

     The  preparation  of financial statements in  conformity  with
generally  accepted  accounting principles requires  management  to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts  of
assets  and  liabilities and disclosure of  contingent  assets  and
liabilities  at  the  date  of  the financial  statements  and  the
reported  amounts  of  revenues and expenses during  the  reporting
period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 
(o) Insurance Programs
    ------------------

     The  Company established the KCI Employee Benefits Trust  (the
"Trust")  as  a  self-insurer  for certain  risks  related  to  the
Company's U.S. employee health plan and certain other benefits. The
Company  funds  the  Trust based on the value  of  expected  future
payments,  including claims incurred but not reported. The  Company
has  purchased  insurance which limits the Trust's liability  under
the benefit plans.

      Through January 31, 1999, the Company's wholly-owned  captive
insurance  company,  KCI Insurance Company, Ltd.  (the  "Captive"),
reinsured  the  primary  layer  of  commercial  general  liability,
workers'  compensation  and auto liability  insurance  for  certain
operating  subsidiaries. On January 31, 1999, the captive insurance
company was liquidated.  Provisions for losses expected under these
programs  are  recorded  based  upon  estimates  of  the  aggregate
liability  for  claims  incurred based on  actuarial  reviews.  The
Company  has obtained insurance coverage for catastrophic exposures
as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract.


(p) Foreign Currency Translation
    ----------------------------

     The  functional  currency for the majority  of  the  Company's
foreign   operations   is  the  applicable  local   currency.   The
translation of the applicable foreign currencies into U.S.  dollars
is performed for balance sheet accounts using the exchange rates in
effect  at  the  balance  sheet date and for  revenue  and  expense
accounts using a weighted average exchange rate during the period.


(q) Stock Options
    -------------

     During October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards  Board
issued   Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.   123
"Accounting  for  Stock-Based Compensation."  The Statement  allows
companies to continue accounting for stock-based compensation under
the  provisions of APB Opinion 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued  to
Employees";  however,  companies are  encouraged  to  adopt  a  new
accounting  method  based on the estimated fair value  of  employee
stock  options.  Companies that do not follow the  new  fair  value
based  method  are  required  to provide  expanded  disclosures  in
footnotes to the financial statements.  The Company has elected  to
continue   accounting  for  stock-based  compensation   under   the
provisions  of  APB  Opinion  25  and  has  provided  the  required
disclosures (See Note 9).


(r) Research and Development
    ------------------------

      The  focus of the Company's research and development  program
has   been   to   develop  new  products  and  make   technological
improvements  to existing products.  Expenditures for research  and
development  are expensed as incurred and represented approximately
2%  of  the Company's total operating expenditures in each  of  the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.


(s) Interest Rate Protection Agreements
    -----------------------------------

     Periodically, the Company enters into interest rate protection
agreements   to   modify  the  interest  characteristics   of   its
outstanding debt.  Each interest rate swap is designated  with  all
or  a  portion of the principal balance and term of a specific debt
obligation.  These agreements involve the exchange of amounts based
on  a  variable  interest rate for amounts based on fixed  interest
rates  over  the life of the agreement without an exchange  of  the
notional   amount  upon  which  the  payments   are   based.    The
differential  to  be paid or received as interest  rate  change  is
accrued and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense related
to  the debt.  The fair value of the swap agreements and changes in
the fair  value as a result of changes in market interest rates are
not recognized in these consolidated financial statements.


NOTE 2.   Recapitalization
          ----------------

     On November 5, 1997, a substantial interest in the Company was
acquired by Fremont Partners L.P. ("Fremont") and Richard C. Blum &
Associates,  L.P.  ("RCBA") (collectively, the  "Investors").   The
Company  and  the  Investors entered into a  Transaction  Agreement
dated  as  of  October 2, 1997, as amended by  a  letter  agreement
dated November 5, 1997 (as so amended, the "Transaction Agreement")
pursuant  to  which  the  Investors purchased  approximately  $31.2
million  shares  of  newly-issued shares of  the  Company's  common
stock,  $0.001 par value per share, at a price equal to  $4.81  per
share.    The  proceeds  of  the  stock  purchase,  together   with
approximately  $534.0  million of aggregate proceeds  from  certain
financings, (see Note 5), were used to purchase approximately 124.0
million  shares  of  the Company's common stock  from  the  selling
shareholders at a price of $4.81 per share, net to seller  and  pay
all related fees and expenses.

     Also pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, the Investors were
subsequently  merged with and into the Company on  January  5,1998,
with  the  Company  as  the surviving corporation  of  the  Merger.
Following  the Merger, Fremont, RCBA, Dr. James Leininger  and  Dr.
Peter  Leininger own 28.1 million, 18.6 million, 23.8  million  and
400,000 shares, respectively, representing 39.7%, 26.2%, 33.5%  and
0.6% of the total shares outstanding.  There is currently one other
shareholder and certain members of management have retained, and/or
have  been  granted,  additional options to purchase  shares.   The
transactions have been accounted for as a recapitalization  and  as
such,  a  step-up of assets to fair market value was not  required.
The difference between the payment amount and the net book value of
assets  acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded  as  retained
earnings as a cash distribution to the selling shareholders.
     
      During  1997,  non-recurring costs  in  connection  with  the
Recapitalization of approximately $34.4 million were  incurred  and
expensed.   Additionally, financing costs  of  approximately  $17.7
million have been deferred and will be amortized over the lives  of
the new debt facilities.


NOTE 3.  Acquisitions and Dispositions
         -----------------------------

      On  February 1, 1997, the Company acquired the assets of H.F.
Systems,  Inc.  of  Los Angeles.  H.F. Systems offered  a  line  of
therapeutic specialty support surfaces primarily to the  California
extended care marketplace.  The Company acquired the assets of H.F.
Systems  in a single transaction for approximately $8.0 million  in
cash  plus  other consideration.  H.F. Systems has been  integrated
into  Kinetic  Concepts' extensive distribution system  and,  as  a
result,  the Company has benefited from the elimination of  certain
redundant    expenses.    H.F.   Systems   recorded   revenue    of
approximately  $7.0 million for 1996 and did not  have  a  material
impact on the Company's results of operations for 1998 or 1997.
     
     During  1997,  the  Company acquired 90%  of  the  outstanding
capital  stock  of  Ethos Medical Group, Ltd. located  in  Athlone,
Ireland,  for  approximately  $2.8  million  in  cash  plus   other
consideration.  During 1998, the Company acquired the remaining 10%
of  Ethos for approximately $300,000.  Ethos manufactures the Keene
Roto Rest  trauma bed and other medical devices and rents specialty
support surfaces to caregivers throughout Ireland.  Ethos Medical's
operating  results did not have a material impact on the  Company's
results of operations for 1998 or 1997.
     
     On July 31, 1997, the Company acquired the outstanding capital
stock  of  Equi-Tron  Mfg., Inc. located in  Ontario,  Canada,  for
approximately $3.2 million in cash plus other consideration.  Equi-
Tron  Mfg.,  Inc.  manufactures a line of  products  for  bariatric
patients  used  primarily in the home care market.   The  operating
results  of Equi-Tron Mfg., Inc. did not have a material impact  on
the Company's results of operations for 1998 or 1997.

     On  October 1, 1997, the Company acquired substantially all of
the  assets  of  RIK  Medical, L.L.C. ("RIK"), a  Delaware  limited
liability company.  The Company paid approximately $23.3 million in
cash  for  the acquisition plus an earn-out of up to $2.0  million.
RIK  is  a manufacturer of non-powered therapeutic support surfaces
based  in Boulder, Colorado.  The RIK products incorporate  several
unique and patented components and features.  The operating results
of  RIK  Medical  did not have a material impact on  the  Company's
results of operations for 1998 or 1997.

      On  November  6,  1998  the Company acquired  certain  assets
related to its medical devices business from Beiersdorf-Jobst, Inc.
The   assets   were  acquired  for  a  total  purchase   price   of
approximately  $14.5 million, when completed,  subject  to  certain
terms  and  conditions.  Approximately $8.7 million  of  the  total
purchase price was paid during 1998.  The remaining portion  is  to
be  paid  subsequent  to December 31, 1998.   The  acquired  assets
consisted  of DVT prophylaxis medical devices, related disposables,
equipment, technology and other intangible assets.  The acquisition
was  funded  through  the  Company's revolving  credit  line.   The
operating results of the acquired business did not have a  material
impact on the Company's results of operations for 1998.

     The  1998 and 1997 acquisitions have been accounted for by the
purchase  method  of accounting, and accordingly,  the  approximate
purchase  prices, shown above, have been allocated  to  the  assets
acquired  and  the liabilities assumed based on the estimated  fair
values at the dates of acquisition, with the excess of the purchase
prices  over assigned asset values recorded as goodwill  which  the
Company is amortizing over periods of 15-25 years.  The results  of
operations of the acquisitions have been included in the  Company's
consolidated  financial  statements since  the  acquisition  dates.
Because  the  1998 and 1997 acquisitions are not  material  to  the
Company's  financial position or results of operations,  pro  forma
results of operations are not presented.


NOTE 4.  Supplemental Balance Sheet Data
         -------------------------------

     Accounts receivable consist of the following (in thousands):

                                         December 31,
                                      -----------------
                                        1998     1997
                                      --------  -------
Trade accounts receivable...........  $92,684   $88,509
Employee and other receivables......    2,201     3,933
                                       ------    ------           
                                       94,885    92,442
Less allowance for doubtful                       
receivables.........................    9,673    11,204
                                       ------    ------
                                      $85,212   $81,238
                                       ======    ======


     Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

                                        December 31,
                                    --------------------
                                       1998      1997
                                    ---------  ---------
Finished goods...................   $10,974    $ 8,487
Work in process..................     4,203      2,743
Raw materials, supplies and parts    21,585     17,723
                                     ------     ------             
                                     36,762     28,953
Less amounts expected to be              
  converted into equipment for
  short-term rental..............     8,100      7,400
                                     ------     ------
                                    $28,662    $21,553
                                     ======     ======


Net property, plant and equipment consist of the following
        (in  thousands):

                                          December 31,
                                       -----------------
                                         1998      1997
                                       -------   -------
Land...............................  $    649   $    649
Buildings..........................    17,173     16,693        
Equipment for short-term rental....   135,158    131,534
Machinery, equipment and furniture.    45,515     40,551
Leasehold improvements.............     1,696      1,560
Inventory to be converted into                 
  equipment........................     8,100      7,400
                                      -------    -------         
                                      208,291    198,387
Less accumulated depreciation......   130,341    122,953
                                      -------    -------
                                     $ 77,950   $ 75,434
                                      =======    =======


     Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

                                            December
                                      --------------------  
                                         1998      1997
                                      ---------  ---------
Payroll, commissions and related    
  taxes............................   $12,217     $14,627
Interest expense...................     3,827       4,591
Insurance accruals.................     3,404       3,238
Other accrued expenses.............    17,829      18,878
                                       ------      ------   
                                      $37,277     $41,334
                                       ======      ======



NOTE 5.  Long-Term Obligations
         ---------------------
     
Long-term obligations consist of the following (in thousands):


                                              December 31,
                                           --------------------
                                             1998        1997
                                           --------   ---------
Senior Credit Facilities:                           
   Revolving bank credit facility........  $ 10,000    $ 24,500
   Acquisition credit facility...........    10,000      10,000
   Term loans:                                      
      Tranche A due 2003.................   117,000     120,000
      Tranche B due 2004.................    89,100      90,000
      Tranche C due 2005.................    89,100      90,000
                                            -------     -------
                                            315,200     334,500
9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007   200,000     200,000
                                            -------     -------
                                            515,200     534,500
Less: Current installments...............     8,800       4,800
                                            -------     -------
                                            506,400     529,700
Other....................................       655         201
                                            -------     -------
                                           $507,055    $529,901
                                            =======     =======
     
Senior Credit Facilities

     Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, including the
Revolving  Credit  Facility (other than  certain  loans  under  the
Revolving Credit Facility designated in foreign currency), the Term
Loans  and the Acquisition Facility  initially bear interest  at  a
rate based upon (i) the Base Rate (defined as the higher of (x) the
rate  of  interest  publicly announced by Bank of  America  as  its
"reference rate" and (y) the federal funds effective rate from time
to  time plus 0.50%), plus 1.25% in respect of the Tranche  A  Term
Loans,   the  loans  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility   (the
"Revolving  Loans")  and the loans under the  Acquisition  Facility
(the  "Acquisition Loans"), 1.50% in respect of the Tranche B  Term
Loans  and 1.75% in respect of the Tranche C Term Loans, or at  the
Company's option, (ii) the Eurodollar Rate (as defined in  the  Sr.
Credit  Facility Agreement) for one, two, three or six  months,  in
each  case plus 2.25% in respect of Tranche A Term Loans, Revolving
Loans  and  Acquisition Loans, 2.50% in respect of Tranche  B  Term
Loans  and  2.75% in respect of the Tranche C Term Loans.   Certain
Revolving Loans designated in foreign currency will initially  bear
interest  at  a rate based upon the cost of funds for  such  loans,
plus  2.25%  or  2.50%, depending on the type of foreign  currency.
Performance-based reductions of the interest rates under  the  Term
Loans, the Revolving Loans and the Acquisition Loans are available.
In  December  1998,  the Company entered into three  interest  rate
protection agreements which effectively fix the base borrowing rate
on  88% of the Company's variable rate debt as follows (dollars  in
millions):

                                              Annual
                    Swap                     Interest
                  Maturity        Amount       Rate
                 ----------       -------    ---------
                 01/08/2002       $150.0     5.5775%
                 12/29/2000         95.0     4.8950%
                 12/31/1999         35.0     4.8550%


      As  a  result of interest rate protection agreements in place
throughout  1998, the Company recorded additional interest  expense
of  approximately  $74,000  in  1998.   The  fair  value  of  these
agreements at December 31, 1998 were not material.

      The Revolving Loans may be repaid and reborrowed.  Under  the
Bank  Credit Agreement, the Company is required to pay to the Banks
a  commitment  fee initially equal to 0.50% per annum,  payable  in
arrears on a quarterly basis, on the average  daily  unused portion
of  the  Revolving Credit Facility and Acquisition Facility  during
such  quarter.  The Company is also required to pay  to  the  Banks
participating  in  the Revolving Credit Facility letter  of  credit
fees equal to the applicable margin then in effect with respect  to
Eurodollar  loans under the Revolving Credit Facility on  the  face
amount of each letter of credit outstanding and to the Bank issuing
a  letter  of  credit a fronting fee of 0.25% on the average  daily
stated  amount of each outstanding letter of credit issued by  such
Bank,  in each case payable in arrears on a quarterly basis.   Bank
of  America and Bankers Trust will receive and continue to  receive
such  other fees as have been separately agreed upon.  At  December
31, 1998, the aggregate availability under the Revolving Credit and
Acquisition Facilities was $80.0 million.

      The Term Loans are subject to quarterly amortization payments
which   commenced  on  March  31,  1998.   Commitments  under   the
Acquisition  Facility will expire three years from the  closing  of
the  Bank  Credit  Agreement  and the  Acquisition  Facility  loans
outstanding  shall  be  repayable in equal  quarterly  amortization
payments  commencing March 31, 2001.  In addition, the Bank  Credit
Agreement  provides  for mandatory repayments, subject  to  certain
exceptions, of the Term Loans, the Acquisition Facility and/or  the
Revolving Credit Facility based on certain net asset sales  outside
the   ordinary   course  of  business  of  the  Company   and   its
subsidiaries, the net proceeds of certain debt and equity issuances
and excess cash flows.

      Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Agreement
is  guaranteed by certain of the subsidiaries of the Company and is
secured  by (i) a first priority security interest in all,  subject
to  certain  customary exceptions, of the tangible  and  intangible
assets  of  the  Company and its domestic subsidiaries,  including,
without limitation, intellectual property and real estate owned  by
the  Company and its subsidiaries, (ii) a first priority  perfected
pledge  of all capital stock of the Company's domestic subsidiaries
and  (iii)  a first priority perfected pledge of up to 65%  of  the
capital stock of foreign subsidiaries owned directly by the Company
or its domestic subsidiaries.

      The  Senior  Credit Agreement requires the  Company  to  meet
certain  financial tests, including minimum levels  of  EBITDA  (as
defined therein), minimum interest coverage, maximum leverage ratio
and  capital expenditures.  The Bank Credit Agreement also contains
covenants  which,  among  other things,  limit  the  incurrence  of
additional   indebtedness,  investments,   dividends,   loans   and
advances, capital expenditures, transactions with affiliates, asset
sales,  acquisitions,  mergers and consolidations,  prepayments  of
other  indebtedness (including the Notes), liens  and  encumbrances
and  other matters customarily restricted in such agreements.   The
Company  is in compliance with the applicable covenants at December
31, 1998.

      The  Senior  Credit  Agreement contains customary  events  of
default, including payment defaults, breach of representations  and
warranties,  covenant  defaults, cross-defaults  to  certain  other
indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, failures
under  ERISA  plans, judgment defaults, failure  of  any  guaranty,
security  document  security  interest or  subordination  provision
supporting the Bank Credit Agreement to be in full force and effect
and change of control of the Company.

9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007

      The  9  5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007 (the "Notes")
are  unsecured  obligations of the Company, ranking subordinate  in
right  of payment to all senior debt of the Company and will mature
on  November 1, 2007.  Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of
9  5/8% per annum and is payable semiannually in cash on each May 1
and November 1, commencing on May 1, 1998, to the persons who
are  registered Holders at the close of business on  April  15  and
October  15,  respectively, immediately  preceding  the  applicable
interest  payment  date.  Interest on the Notes  accrues  from  and
including the most recent date to which interest has been paid  or,
if  no  interest  has  been paid, from and including  the  date  of
issuance.

      The  Notes  are not entitled to the benefit of any  mandatory
sinking  fund. In addition, at any time, or from time to time,  the
Company  may  acquire  a portion of the Notes  through  open-market
purchases.

Redemption

      Optional  Redemption.  The Notes will be redeemable,  at  the
Company's  option,  in whole at any time or in part  from  time  to
time, on and after November 1, 2002, upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days' notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed
as  percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during
the  twelve-month period commencing on November 1 of the  year  set
forth  below,  plus,  in  each case, accrued  and  unpaid  interest
thereon, if any, to the date of redemption.

     Year                                    Percentage
     ----                                    ----------
     2002..................................  104.813%
     2003..................................  103.208%
     2004..................................  101.604%
     2005 and thereafter...................  100.000%


      Optional Redemption upon Equity Offerings.  At any  time,  or
from  time  to time, on or prior to November 1, 2000,  the  Company
may,  at  its option, on one or more occasions use all or a portion
of  the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings to redeem
the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to
109.625%  of the principal amount thereof plus accrued  and  unpaid
interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided  that
at  least  65%  of the principal amount of Notes originally  issued
remains  outstanding  immediately after any  such  redemption.   In
order  to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of  any
equity  offering, the Company shall make such redemption  not  more
than 120 days after the consummation of any such equity offering.


      Interest  paid  during 1998, 1997 and 1996 was  approximately
$47.0 million, $5.1 million and $200,000, respectively.

      Future maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1998  are
as follows (in thousands):

     Year                                     Amount
     ----                                    ---------                
     1999..................................  $  8,800
     2000..................................  $ 16,800
     2001..................................  $ 35,133
     2002..................................  $ 35,133
     2003..................................  $ 50,133
     Thereafter............................  $369,201


NOTE 6.  Leasing Obligations
         -------------------

      The  Company is obligated for equipment under various capital
leases  which expire at various dates during the next  four  years.
At  December 31, 1998, the gross amount of equipment under  capital
leases   totaled  $619,000  and  related  accumulated  depreciation
totaled $423,000.

      The Company leases computer and telecommunications equipment,
service   vehicles,  office  space,  various  storage  spaces   and
manufacturing facilities under noncancelable operating leases which
expire  at  various  dates over the next six  years.  Total  rental
expense  for  operating leases, net of sublease payments  received,
was  $13.4  million, $13.2 million and $13.5 million for the  years
ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

      Future minimum lease payments under capital and noncancelable
operating  leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in  excess
of one year) as of December 31, 1998 are as follows (in thousands):

                                              Capital    Operating
                                               Leases     Leases
                                              --------   ---------
 1999.......................................   $  190     $11,119
 2000.......................................      103       8,814
 2001.......................................        1       5,796
 2002.......................................       --       3,724
 2003.......................................       --       2,312
 Later years................................       --         739
                                                -----      ------ 
 Total minimum lease payments...............   $  294     $32,504
                                                           ======
 Less amount representing interest..........       15
                                                -----
 Present value of net minimum capital lease                
   payments.................................      279
 Less current portion.......................      150
                                                -----
 Obligations under capital leases excluding                
   current installments.....................   $  129
                                                =====



NOTE 7.  Income Taxes
         ------------

     Earnings before income taxes and minority interest consists of
the following (in thousands):

                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                   ------------------------------
                                      1998       1997      1996
                                   ---------  ---------  --------
 Domestic........................   $ 8,050    $12,493    $51,771
 Foreign.........................    11,552      8,540     12,670
                                     ------     ------     ------ 
                                    $19,602    $21,033    $64,441
                                     ======     ======     ======

      Income  tax  expense attributable to income  from  continuing
operations consists of the following (in thousands):

                                     Year Ended December 31, 1998  
                                   -------------------------------
                                     Current   Deferred    Total
                                   ----------  --------   ------- 
 Federal.........................    $ 1,267   $ 1,441    $ 2,708
 State...........................        397       (38)       359
 International...................      4,901      (117)     4,784
                                      ------    ------     ------
                                     $ 6,565   $ 1,286    $ 7,851 
                                      ======    ======     ====== 



                                      Year Ended December 31, 1997
                                    -------------------------------  
                                     Current   Deferred     Total
                                    ---------  --------   ---------         
 Federal.........................   $   145    $ 3,380    $ 3,525
 State...........................        19      1,105      1,124
 International...................     3,549        205      3,754
                                     ------     ------     ------
                                    $ 3,713    $ 4,690    $ 8,403
                                     ======     ======     ======


                                     Year Ended December 31, 1996
                                   --------------------------------
                                     Current   Deferred      Total
                                   ----------  --------    --------             
 Federal.........................    $14,363   $ 4,464     $18,827
 State...........................      2,569       552       3,121
 International...................      3,831      (325)      3,506
                                      ------    ------      ------
                                     $20,763   $ 4,691     $25,454
                                      ======    ======      ======


      Income  tax  expense attributable to income  from  continuing
operations  differed  from  the amounts computed  by  applying  the
statutory  tax rate of 35 percent to pre-tax income from continuing
operations as a result of the following (in thousands):

                                      
                                       Year Ended December 31,
                                      -------------------------
                                        1998     1997     1996
                                      -------   ------   ------   
 Computed "expected" tax expense....  $6,869   $7,353    $22,554
 Goodwill...........................     365      317        442
 State income taxes, net of Federal                         
   benefit..........................     233      731      2,028
 Tax-exempt interest from municipal                         
   bonds............................     (88)    (160)      (445)
 Foreign income taxed at other than                         
   U.S. rates.......................     496      417      1,145
 Utilization of foreign net
   operating loss carryforwards.....     (38)     (46)      (123)
 Nonconsolidated foreign net                                
   operating loss...................     274      402         67
 Foreign, other.....................    (422)    (268)      (441)
 Other, net.........................     162     (343)       227
                                       -----    -----     ------
                                      $7,851   $8,403    $25,454
                                       =====    =====     ======


      The  tax effects of temporary differences that give  rise  to
significant  portions of the deferred tax assets and  deferred  tax
liabilities at December 31, 1998 and 1997 are presented  below  (in
thousands):

                                              1998        1997
                                           ----------  ---------  
 Deferred Tax Assets:                                          
 Accounts receivable, principally due to                       
   allowance for doubtful accounts........  $  3,118   $  3,311
 Intangible assets, deducted for book                  
   purposes but capitalized and amortized
   for tax purposes.......................       423        617
 Foreign net operating loss carryforwards.       274        402
 Net operating loss carryforwards.........        --      1,566
 Inventories, principally due to
   additional costs capitalized for tax           
   purposes pursuant to the Tax Reform 
   Act of 1986............................       814        895
 Legal fees, capitalized and amortized for             
   tax purposes...........................       533        533
 Accrued liabilities......................     1,456      1,381
 Foreign tax credits, available for                    
   carryback..............................     7,751      3,321
 Deferred foreign tax asset...............       237        120
 Other....................................     3,204      1,804
                                              ------     ------
   Total gross deferred tax assets........    17,810     13,950
   Less valuation allowance...............      (274)      (402)
                                              ------     ------
   Net deferred tax assets................    17,536     13,548

 Deferred Tax Liabilities:                             
 Plant and equipment, principally due to               
   differences in depreciation and basis..   (25,949)   (20,591)
 Deferred state tax liability.............    (1,709)    (2,077)
 Investments, principally due to 
   differences in tax treatment of            
   certain components.....................        --       (804)
 Other....................................        (1)       (86)
                                              ------     ------
   Total gross deferred tax liabilities...   (27,659)   (23,558)
                                              ------     ------
   Net deferred tax liability.............  $(10,123)  $(10,010)
                                              ======     ======


      At  December 31, 1998, the Company had $782,000 of  operating
loss  carryforwards available to reduce future  taxable  income  of
certain  international subsidiaries. These loss carryforwards  must
be utilized within the applicable carryforward periods. A valuation
allowance has been provided for the deferred tax assets related  to
loss   carryforwards.  Carryforwards  of  $425,000  can   be   used
indefinitely  and  the  remainder expire from  2001  through  2003.
Additionally, the Company had a foreign tax credit of approximately
$3.7  million  which will be carried forward to offset  future  tax
liabilities.

      The Company anticipates that the reversal of existing taxable
temporary  differences  and future income will  provide  sufficient
taxable income to realize the tax benefit of the remaining deferred
tax assets.

      Income  taxes  paid  during 1998, 1997  and  1996  were  $5.5
million, $12.1 million and $15.4 million, respectively.


NOTE 8.  Shareholders' Equity and Employee Benefit Plans
         -----------------------------------------------

Common Stock:

      The  Company  is  authorized to issue 400 million  shares  of
Common  Stock, $0.001 par value (the "Common Stock").   During  the
third  quarter  of 1998, the Company declared a four-for-one  stock
split on the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company,
par  value  $0.001 per share, payable to the holders of  record  of
said  stock on September 1, 1998.  The split was achieved by  means
of  a three-for-one stock dividend on all outstanding common shares
of the Company.  All share, per share, stock price and stock option
amounts  shown in the financial statements (except the Consolidated
Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity) and related footnotes
have been restated to reflect the stock split.

     On November 5, 1997, a substantial interest in the Company was
acquired by Fremont Partners L.P. ("Fremont") and Richard C. Blum &
Associates,  L.P.  ("RCBA") (collectively, the  "Investors").   The
Company  and  the  Investors entered into a  Transaction  Agreement
dated as of October 2, 1997, as amended by a letter agreement dated
November  5,  1997  (as  so  amended, the "Transaction  Agreement")
pursuant  to  which  the  Investors  purchased  approximately  31.2
million  shares  of  newly-issued shares of  the  Company's  common
stock,  $0.001 par value per share, at a price equal to  $4.81  per
share.    The  proceeds  of  the  stock  purchase,  together   with
approximately  $534.0  million of aggregate proceeds  from  certain
financings, (see Note 5), were used to purchase approximately 124.0
million  shares  of  the Company's common stock  from  the  selling
shareholders at a price of $4.81 per share, net to seller  and  pay
all  related  fees  and expenses.  The number of shares  of  Common
Stock  issued  and  outstanding at the end of  1998  and  1997  was
70,915,000 and 17,713,000, respectively.

Treasury Stock:

      In  July,  1995, the Company's Board of Directors approved  a
program  to  repurchase up to 12.0 million  shares  of  its  Common
Stock.   The  Company repurchased approximately 1.0 million  shares
during  1997  and  10.3 million shares during 1996.  In  1994,  the
Company's  Board  of  Directors adopted  a  policy  to  return  all
repurchased shares to the status of authorized but unissued shares.
In  accordance  with  this  resolution, the  Company  retired  10.3
million  treasury shares in 1996.  In February 1997, the  Company's
Board  of Directors approved a program which authorized the Company
to  purchase up to an additional 12.0 million shares.  The  Company
repurchased no shares during 1997 under this program. Both programs
were  terminated  in  1997 in connection  with  the  November  1997
recapitalization transactions.

Preferred Stock:

      The  Company is authorized to issue up to 20.0 million shares
of  Preferred  Stock, par value $0.001 per share, in  one  or  more
series.  As of December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997,  none  were
issued.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan:

      The Company established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the
"ESOP") covering employees of the Company who meet minimum age  and
length of service requirements. The ESOP enabled eligible employees
to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.

     As of November 6, 1997, the ESOP was terminated and all shares
of  stock  owned by the ESOP were tendered in connection  with  the
November 1997  recapitalization transactions.  No ESOP expense  was
recorded during 1998, 1997 and 1996.  As of October 1998, all  plan
benefits had been paid out to participants.

Investment Plan:

      The  Company has an Investment Plan intended to qualify as  a
deferred  compensation plan under Section 401(k)  of  the  Internal
Revenue  Code  of  1986. The Investment Plan is  available  to  all
domestic  employees and the Company matches employee  contributions
up  to a specified limit. In 1998, 1997 and 1996, the Company  made
matching  contributions and charged to expense  $847,000,  $950,000
and $498,000, respectively.


NOTE 9.  Stock Option Plans
         ------------------

      In  October  1995, the Financial Accounting  Standards  Board
(FASB)  issued  Statement No. 123, "Accounting  and  Disclosure  of
Stock-Based   Compensation."    While   the   accounting   standard
encourages  the  adoption of a new fair-value  method  for  expense
recognition, Statement 123 allows companies to continue  accounting
for  stock  options  and other stock-based awards  as  provided  in
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting  for  Stock
Issued  to Employees" (APB 25).  The Company has elected to  follow
the  provisions of APB 25 and related interpretations in accounting
for  its  stock  options  plans because, as  discussed  below,  the
alternative fair-value method prescribed by FASB Statement No.  123
requires the use of option valuation models that were not developed
for  use  in valuing employee stock options.  Under APB 25, because
the   exercise  price  of  the  Company's  employee  stock  options
generally  equals the market price of the underlying stock  on  the
date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.

      In  December 1997, the Company's Board of Directors  approved
the  1997  Management Equity Plan. The maximum aggregate number  of
shares of Common Stock that may be issued in connection with grants
under the Management Equity Plan, as adjusted, is approximately 4.8
million shares, subject to adjustment as provided for in the  plan.
The  Management Equity Plan is administered, and grants determined,
by  a committee of the Board of Directors.  The exercise price  and
term  of options granted under the Management Equity Plan shall  be
determined by the committee, however, in no event shall the term of
any  option  granted under the Management Equity Plan exceed  seven
(7)  years.  The Management Equity Plan supersedes all other  stock
option  plans.   As  of December 31, 1997, all outstanding  options
granted under the superseded plans were 100% vested.

      The  1997  Kinetic Concepts, Inc. Stock Incentive  Plan  (the
"Stock  Incentive  Plan") was approved by the  Company's  Board  of
Directors on May 13, 1997 and covered an aggregate of 10.0  million
shares  of  the Company's Common Stock.  Under the Stock  Incentive
Plan, options were granted to employees (including officers),  non-
employee  directors and consultants of the Company.   The  exercise
price of the options was determined by a committee of the Board  of
Directors  of the Company.  The Stock Incentive Plan permitted  the
Board  of  Directors  to declare the terms for  payment  when  such
options are exercised.  Options under the Stock Incentive Plan were
granted  with a term not exceeding ten years.  The Stock  Incentive
Plan was superseded by the 1997 Management Equity Plan.

      The  1987 Kinetic Concepts, Inc. Key Contributor Stock Option
Plan  (the "Key Contributor Stock Option Plan") covered  up  to  an
aggregate  of  23.0 million shares of the Company's  Common  Stock.
Options were granted under the Key Contributor Stock Option Plan to
employees   (including   officers),  non-employee   directors   and
consultants  of the Company. The exercise price of the options  was
determined by a committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
The  Key  Contributor  Stock Option Plan  permitted  the  Board  of
Directors  to declare the terms for payment when such  options  are
exercised. Options under the Key Contributor Stock Option Plan were
granted  with a term not exceeding ten years.  The Key  Contributor
Stock  Option  Plan expired on April 13, 1997 and was succeeded  by
the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.

      The  1988 Kinetic Concepts, Inc. Directors Stock Option  Plan
(the  "Directors  Stock  Option  Plan")  covered  an  aggregate  of
1,200,000  shares of the Company's Common Stock which  were  to  be
granted  to  non-employee directors of the  Company.  The  exercise
price of the options granted under the Directors Stock Option  Plan
was  determined to be the fair market value of the  shares  of  the
Company's  Common Stock on the date that such option  was  granted.
The  Directors  Stock Option Plan was succeeded by the  1997  Stock
Incentive Plan.

      The  1995  Kinetic Concepts, Inc. Senior Executive Management
Stock  Option  Plan  (the  "Senior Executive  Stock  Option  Plan")
covered a total of 5.6 million shares of the Company's Common Stock
which  were  to  be  granted to certain senior  executives  of  the
Company at the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer and at
discretion of the Company's Board of Directors.  The exercise price
for each share of common stock covered by an option was established
by  the Board of Directors but was not in any case to be less  than
the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock on the date  of
grant.  Vesting of options granted was subject to certain terms and
conditions.  The Senior Executive Stock Option Plan was  superseded
by the 1997 Management Equity Plan .

      Pro  forma information regarding net income and earnings  per
share is required by Statement 123 and has been calculated based on
the  assumption  that the Company had accounted  for  its  employee
stock  options under the fair-value method of that statement.   The
fair  value for options granted during the three fiscal years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, was estimated using
a  Black-Scholes  option pricing model with the following  weighted
average  assumptions: risk-free interest rates of  5.0%,  5.6%  and
6.1%, dividend yields of 1.1%, 1.1% and 0.9%, volatility factors of
the expected market price of the Company's common stock of .26, .30
and .32 and a weighted-average expected option life of 5 years.

     The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use
in  estimating  the  fair value of traded  options  which  have  no
vesting  restrictions  and  are fully transferable.   In  addition,
option  valuation  models require the input  of  highly  subjective
assumptions including the expected stock price volatility.  Because
the   Company's   employee  stock  options   have   characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options,  and  because
changes  in  the underlying assumptions can materially  affect  the
fair  value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing  models
do  not  necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the  fair
value of its employee stock options.

      For  purposes  of pro forma disclosures, the  estimated  fair
value  of  the  options is amortized to expense over  the  options'
vesting  period.  The Company's pro forma information  follows  (in
thousands except for earnings per share information):

                                     1998       1997       1996
                                  ----------  ---------  ---------
     Net Earnings as Reported....   $11,776    $12,605    $38,987
     Pro Forma Net Earnings......   $ 9,650    $11,319    $37,996
                                                       
                                                       
                                                       
     Earnings Per Share as                      
     Reported:
       Earnings per common share.   $  0.17    $  0.08    $   0.22
       Earnings per common share                      
         -- assuming dilution....   $  0.16    $  0.08    $   0.21
                                                       
     Pro Forma Earnings Per Share                      
       Earnings per common share.   $  0.14    $  0.07    $   0.22
       Earnings per common share                      
         -- assuming dilution....   $  0.13    $  0.07    $   0.21


      The Company is not required to apply the method of accounting
prescribed  by  Statement  123 to stock options  granted  prior  to
January  1,  1995.   As a result, the pro forma  compensation  cost
reflected above may not be representative of future results.

     The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding at December 31, 1998 (options in thousands):

                              Weighted                         
                              Average                        
                   Options   Remaining  Weighted   Options     Weighted
  Range of       Outstanding  Contract  Average  Exercisable   Average
  Exercise           at         Life    Exercise     at        Exercise
   Prices         12/31/98     (yrs)     Price     12/31/98     Price
- --------------    --------    -------   --------- ---------    -------- 
$0.88 to $1.16      1,283       5.4      $1.05       1,283      $1.05
$1.25 to $2.38        597       5.8      $1.73         597      $1.73
$2.78 to $4.81      7,617       6.7      $4.26       3,285      $3.53
                    -----       ----      ----       -----       ----
                    9,497       6.4      $3.67       5,165      $2.70


      A summary of the Company's stock option activity, and related
information,  for  years ended December 31,  1998,  1997  and  1996
follows (options in thousands):

                             1998            1997               1996
                      ----------------  ---------------  -----------------
                             Weighted         Weighted            Weighted
                              Average          Average             Average
                              Exercise         Exercise           Exercise
                      Options  Price   Options  Price    Options   Price
                      ---------------- ----------------  -----------------
                                                             
Options Outstanding -          
  Beginning of Year...  9,344  $ 3.55  13,356   $ 2.17    11,332   $ 1.30
  Granted.............    623  $ 4.81   6,832   $ 4.36     5,268   $ 3.62
  Exercised...........   (288) $ 2.13 (10,436)  $ 2.35    (2,512)  $ 1.26
  Forfeited...........   (182) $ 4.01    (408)  $ 2.66      (732)  $ 2.34
                        -----          ------             ------
Options Outstanding -                                                         
  End of Year.........  9,497  $ 2.71   9,344   $ 3.55    13,356   $ 2.17
                        -----          ------             ------
Exercisable at End                                              
  of Year.............  5,165  $ 2.70   5,520   $ 2.67     5,284   $ 1.77
                        -----   -----  ------    -----    ------    -----
Weighted-Average Fair                                            
  Value of Options                                          
  Granted During                                              
  the Year............         $ 1.58           $ 1.60             $ 1.45
                                                             

      Exercise  prices for options outstanding as of  December  31,
1998  ranged from $0.88 to $ 4.81.  The weighted average  remaining
contractual  life  of  those options is 6.4  years.   The  weighted
average fair value of options granted during 1998 approximated  the
weighted average exercise price at the grant date.


Note 10.  Other Comprehensive Income

    The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
Statement  No.  130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income", in the first
quarter  of  1998.  The adoption  of this Statement has no impact on
the net  earnings  or  shareholders'  equity  of  the  Company. This
standard   requires   disclosure  of   total   nonowner  changes  in
shareholders'  equity, which is defined as net earnings plus  direct
adjustments  to  shareholders'  equity  such  as  equity  and   cash
investment    adjustments    and   foreign   currency    translation
adjustments. For KCI, other comprehensive income consists of foreign
currency  translation  adjustments.   For  1998,  1997 and 1996, the
Company's  comprehensive income  was $11.7 million, $9.6 million and
$38.5 million,  respectively.   The   earnings  associated  with the
Company's investment in  its foreign subsidiaries  are considered to
be permanently invested and no  provision for U.S. federal and state
income taxes on these earnings or  translation  adjustments has been
provided.
     
     
Note 11.  Other Assets
          ------------

     A summary of other long-term assets follows (in thousands):

                                         1998       1997
                                       --------   --------    
      Investment in assets subject           
        to leveraged leases..........  $16,445   $16,069
                                               
      Investment in long-term   
        securities...................    5,281     5,443
                                               
      Intangible assets..............    4,352     4,096
                                               
      Deposits and other.............    8,816     6,973
                                        ------    ------
                                       $34,894   $32,581
                                               
      (Less) accumulated amortization   (3,425)   (3,100)
                                        ------    ------       
                                       $31,469   $29,481
                                        ======    ======

      The  Company  acquired beneficial ownership  of  two  Grantor
Trusts in December 1996 and December 1994.  The assets held by each
Trust  consist  of  a  McDonnell Douglas DC-10 aircraft  and  three
engines.  In connection with the acquisitions, KCI paid cash equity
of  $7.2  million and $7.6 million, respectively, and assumed  non-
recourse  debt  of  $47.0 million and $51.8 million,  respectively.
The  DC-10  aircraft are leased to the Federal Express  Corporation
through  June 2012 and January 2012, respectively.  Federal Express
pays  monthly rent to a third party who, in turn, pays this  entire
amount   to   the   holders   of   the  non-recourse   certificated
indebtedness,  which  is secured by the aircraft.  The  certificate
holders recourse in the event of a default is limited to the  Trust
assets.

      Long-term  securities consist primarily of government  backed
securities  held  by the Company's wholly-owned  captive  insurance
company and are carried at market value, which is not significantly
different   than  cost.   The  carrying  value  of  the   long-term
securities  approximates fair value.  Subsequent  to  December  31,
1998,  the  Company liquidated, at no gain or loss, the  securities
held  by  the  captive  insurance company and acquired  letters  of
credit  to  cover  the remaining claims liability recorded  by  the
Captive as of December 31, 1998.


Note 12. Earnings Per Share
         ------------------

      The  following table sets forth the reconciliation from basic
to  diluted  average  common shares and  the  calculations  of  net
earnings  per  common share.  Net earnings for  basic  and  diluted
calculations do not differ (in thousands, except per share).

                                    1998         1997        1996
                                 ----------   ----------  ---------  
Net earnings...................   $ 11,776     $ 12,605    $ 38,987
                                    ======      =======     =======        
Average common shares:                                      
  Basic(weighted-average                                    
    outstanding shares)........     70,873      154,364     175,832
                                                            
  Dilutive potential common                               
    shares from stock options..      2,360        5,276       6,124  
                                    ------      -------     -------
  Diluted (weighted-average                                 
    outstanding shares)........     73,233      159,640     181,956
                                    ======      =======     =======

Earnings per common  share.....   $   0.17     $   0.08    $   0.22
                                    ======      =======     =======  
Earnings per common share -                                 
  assuming dilution............   $   0.16     $   0.08    $   0.21
                                    ======      =======     =======  


NOTE 13. Commitments and Contingencies
         -----------------------------

     On February 21, 1992, Novamedix Limited ("Novamedix") filed  a
lawsuit against the Company in the United States District Court for
the Western District of Texas. Novamedix manufactures the principal
product  which  directly  competes with the  PlexiPulse.  The  suit
alleges  that  the  PlexiPulse infringes several  patents  held  by
Novamedix,  that  the Company breached a confidential  relationship
with  Novamedix and a variety of ancillary claims. Novamedix  seeks
injunctive relief and monetary damages. Although it is not possible
to  reliably predict the outcome of this litigation or the  damages
which  could be awarded, the Company believes that its defenses  to
these claims are meritorious and that the litigation will not  have
a  material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial
condition or results of operations.

     On  August  16,  1995,  the Company filed  a  civil  antitrust
lawsuit  against  Hillenbrand  Industries,  Inc.  and  one  of  its
subsidiaries,  Hill-Rom. The suit was filed in  the  United  States
District Court for the Western District of Texas. The suit  alleges
that Hill-Rom used its monopoly power in the standard hospital  bed
business to gain an unfair advantage in the specialty hospital  bed
business.  Specifically, the allegations  set  forth  in  the  suit
include  a  claim that Hill-Rom required hospitals  and  purchasing
groups  to  agree to exclusively rent specialty beds in  order   to
receive   substantial discounts on  products over which  they  have
monopoly  power  -  hospital beds and head  wall  units.  The  suit
further   alleges   that  Hill-Rom  engaged  in  activities   which
constitute  predatory pricing  and  refusals  to   deal.   Hill-Rom
has  filed   an   answer   denying  the   allegations in  the suit.
Although discovery has not been  completed and it  is  not possible
to reliably predict the outcome of this litigation or  the  damages
which might be  awarded,  the  Company believes that its claims are
meritorious.
     
     On October 31, 1996, the Company received a counterclaim which
had  been  filed by Hillenbrand Industries, Inc. in  the  antitrust
lawsuit  which the Company filed in 1995. The counterclaim  alleges
that  the  Company's  antitrust  lawsuit  and  other  actions  were
designed  to  enable  KCI to monopolize the  specialty  therapeutic
surface market. Although it is not possible to reliably predict the
outcome   of  this  litigation,  the  Company  believes  that   the
counterclaim is without merit.

     On  December  24, 1996, Hill-Rom, a subsidiary of  Hillenbrand
Industries, Inc., filed a lawsuit against the Company alleging that
the  Company's TriaDyne bed infringes a patent issued to  Hill-Rom.
This  suit  was filed in the United States District Court  for  the
District  of  South  Carolina.  On February  12,  1999,  the  South
Carolina  District Court concluded that the TriaDyne  bed  did  not
infringe the Hill-Rom patent.  On March 12, 1999, Hill-Rom filed  a
Notice of Appeal regarding this decision.
     
     The  Company  is  a party to several lawsuits arising  in  the
ordinary  course  of its business, including three  other  lawsuits
alleging  patent infringement by the Company, and  the  Company  is
contesting adjustments proposed by the Internal Revenue Service  to
prior years' tax returns in Tax Court. Provisions have been made in
the  Company's financial statements for estimated exposures related
to  these  lawsuits and adjustments. In the opinion of  management,
the  disposition of these matters will not have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of
operations.

       The   manufacturing  and  marketing  of   medical   products
necessarily  entails an inherent risk of product liability  claims.
The  Company currently has certain product liability claims pending
for  which  provision  has  been made in  the  Company's  financial
statements.  Management believes that resolution  of  these  claims
will  not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations. The Company  has  not
experienced any significant losses due to product liability  claims
and  management  believes  that  the  Company  currently  maintains
adequate liability insurance coverage.

      Other  than commitments for new product inventory,  including
disposable  "for sale" products, of $4.0 million and the completion
of  the  Jobst  purchase,  the Company has  no  material  long-term
capital   commitments  and  can  adjust  its   level   of   capital
expenditures as circumstances dictate.

     See discussion of the Company's self-insurance program at Note
1 and leases at Note 6.


NOTE 14.  Segment and Geographic Information
          ----------------------------------

      The Company is principally engaged in the sale and rental  of
innovative therapeutic systems throughout the United States and  in
twelve  primary  countries  internationally.   In  June  1997,  the
Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement  No.
131  "Disclosures  about  Segments of  an  Enterprise  and  Related
Information", which the Company has adopted in the current year.

      The Company identifies its business segments based on management
responsibility within the United States and geographically for  all
international  units.  The KCI New Technologies ("Nutech")  segment
includes  all  operations related to the U.S. rental  and  sale  of
circulatory  devices, namely the Plexipulse and Plexipulse  All-in-
One  systems.   The  Company measures segment profit  as  operating
profit,  which  is  defined  as income before  interest  income  or
expense,  foreign  currency  gains and  losses,  income  taxes  and
minority interest.  All intercompany transactions are eliminated in
computing  revenues, operating income and assets.   Information  on
segments  and  a  reconciliation to income before interest,  income
taxes, foreign currency gains and losses and minority interest  are
as follows (in thousands):

                                  Year Ended December 31,
                               -----------------------------
                                 1998       1997      1996
                               --------   --------  --------
Revenue:                                               
  KCI Therapeutic Services..   $229,582   $215,156  $184,775
  KCI International.........     78,039     70,274    68,765
  Nutech....................     21,525     19,124    15,726
  Other (1).................      1,325      2,362       615
                                -------    -------   -------
                               $330,471   $306,916  $269,881
                                =======    =======   =======
Operating Earnings:                           
  KCI Therapeutic Services..   $ 79,457   $ 73,143  $ 60,282
  KCI International.........     15,308     11,284    14,327
  Nutech....................      7,352      6,404     3,872
  Other (2).................    (34,557)   (60,782)  (23,127)
                                 ------     ------    ------
                               $ 67,560   $ 30,049  $ 55,354
                                 ======     ======    ======
Depreciation and                              
Amortization:
  KCI Therapeutic Services..   $ 16,969   $ 12,905  $ 12,398
  KCI International.........      6,800      5,527     5,184
  Nutech....................        998        698       768
  Other.....................      7,011      4,950     3,444
                                 ------     ------    ------
                               $ 31,778   $ 24,080  $ 21,794
                                 ======     ======    ======
Total Assets:                                 
  KCI Therapeutic Services..   $169,748   $213,531  $137,650
  KCI International.........     58,064     65,020    59,340
  Nutech....................     17,437      7,791     4,387
  Other.....................     62,824     58,590    52,016
                                -------    -------   -------
                               $308,073   $344,932  $253,393
                                =======    =======   =======
Gross Capital Expenditures:                                 
  KCI Therapeutic Services..   $ 16,244   $ 21,772  $ 15,522
  KCI International.........      5,022      5,222     5,114
  Nutech....................        665      1,456       745
  Other.....................      8,682      2,072     5,702
                                -------    -------   -------
                               $ 30,613   $ 30,522  $ 27,083
                                =======    =======   =======


(1)   Other  revenue  sources consist primarily of  contract  metal
      fabrication  income.
   
(2)   General  headquarter  expenses  are  not  allocated  to  the
      individual segments  and include executive, financial, legal
      and administrative expenses.


Following is other selected geographic financial information of the
Company (in thousands):

                                       Year Ended December 31,
                                   --------------------------------  
                                      1998        1997       1996
                                   ----------  ---------- ---------- 
Geographic location of long-                         
lived assets:                                        
              Domestic..........   $159,472    $149,349   $ 90,669    
              Foreign...........     19,654      18,811     18,537 
                                    -------     -------    -------
    Total long-lived assets.....   $179,126    $168,160   $109,206
                                    =======     =======    =======


NOTE 15.  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
          ------------------------------------

      The  unaudited consolidated results of operations by quarter,
as adjusted for the stock split, are summarized below:

                                Year Ended December 31, 1998 
                             -----------------------------------  
                              First   Second   Third     Fourth
                             Quarter  Quarter  Quarter   Quarter
                             -------  -------  -------   -------
Revenue.................     $81,897  $81,358  $81,048   $86,168
Operating earnings......     $17,190  $15,560  $18,669   $16,141 
Net earnings............     $ 2,986  $ 2,178  $ 3,792   $ 2,820
Per share:                                                   
     Earnings per common         
       share............     $  0.04  $  0.03  $  0.05   $  0.04
     Earnings per common                                     
       share - assuming
       dilution.........     $  0.04  $  0.03  $  0.05   $  0.04
Average common shares:                              
     Basic (Weighted                                
       average out-
       standing shares).      70,852   70,852   70,872    70,915
     Diluted (Weighted                              
       average out-
       standing shares).      73,304   73,300   73,264    73,273
                              ======   ======   ======    ====== 


                                   Year Ended December 31, 1997  
                              -------------------------------------
                                First   Second    Third     Fourth
                               Quarter  Quarter  Quarter    Quarter
                              --------  -------  -------    -------
Revenue.................      $73,181   $75,031  $76,299   $ 82,405
Operating earnings (loss)     $16,217   $16,223  $16,165   $(18,556)       
Net earnings (loss).....      $10,003   $ 9,952  $ 9,948   $(17,298)      
Per share:                                                   
     Earnings (loss) per                            
       common share.....      $  0.06   $  0.06  $  0.06   $  (0.16)
     Earnings (loss) per                                     
       common share -
       assuming dilution      $  0.06   $  0.06  $  0.06   $  (0.15)
Average common shares:                              
     Basic (Weighted                                
       average out-
       standing shares)..     169,604    169,268  169,788   108,992
     Diluted (Weighted                              
       average out-
       standing shares)..     175,052    175,224  176,364   112,852
                              =======    =======  =======   ======= 
                                                    

       Results   for   the   fourth   quarter   of   1997   include
recapitalization expenses of $34.4 million (See Note 2).

     Earnings per share for the full year may differ from the total
of the quarterly earnings per share due to rounding differences.


NOTE 16.  Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
          ------------------------------------------------------
 
     Kinetic  Concepts,  Inc. issued $200 million  in  subordinated
debt  securities to finance a tender offer to purchase  certain  of
its common shares outstanding.  In connection with the issuance  of
these  securities,  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  (the  guarantor
subsidiaries)  act as guarantors.  Certain other subsidiaries  (the
nonguarantor subsidiaries) do not guarantee such debt.
     
     The  following  tables  present  the  condensed  consolidating
balance  sheets of Kinetic Concepts, Inc. as a parent company,  its
guarantor  subsidiaries  and its nonguarantor  subsidiaries  as  of
December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the related  condensed consolidating
statements  of earnings and cash flows for each year in the  three-
year period ended December 31, 1998.



       Condensed Consolidating Guarantor, Non-Guarantor And
                   Parent Company Balance Sheet
                         December 31, 1998
                          (in thousands)

<TABLE>
                         Kinetic                                         
                        Concepts,                        Reclassi-   Kinetic
                           Inc.                  Non-    fications  Concepts,
                          Parent   Guarantor  Guarantor     and        Inc.
                         Company     Sub-        Sub-     Elimi-     and Sub-
                         Borrower  sidiaries  sidiaries   nations   sidiaries
                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<CAPTION>
<S>                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>

ASSETS                                                                       
                                                                             
Current assets:                                                              
  Cash and cash    
    equivalents........ $      --   $     --   $ 9,543    $  (5,177) $  4,366
  Accounts receivable,
    net................        --     72,173    17,474       (4,435)   85,212
  Inventories..........        --     18,971     9,691           --    28,662
  Prepaid expenses and                                                 
    other..............        --      7,395     3,312           --    10,707
                          -------    -------    ------      -------    ------
      Total current         
        assets.........        --     98,539    40,020       (9,612)  128,947
                                                                       
Net property, plant and                                                
  equipment............        --     79,110     9,717      (10,877)   77,950
Goodwill, net..........        --     49,033     5,294           --    54,327
Loan issuance cost, net        --     15,380        --           --    15,380
Other assets, net......        --     31,417        52           --    31,469
Intercompany invest-                                                           
  ments and advances...  (261,588)   460,361     1,104     (199,877)       --
                          -------    -------    ------      -------   ------- 
      Total assets..... $(261,588)  $733,840  $ 56,187    $(220,366) $308,073
                          =======    =======    ======      =======   =======

LIABILITIES AND                                                        
SHAREHOLDERS(DEFICIT)
EQUITY
                                                                       
Accounts payable........$      --   $  6,512  $  2,104    $ (5,178)  $  3,438
Accrued expenses........       --     28,971     8,306          --     37,277
Current installments on                                              
  long-term obligations.       --      8,800        --          --      8,800
Intercompany payables...       --      6,151     3,765      (9,916)        --
Current installments of                                                
  capital lease obli-                                                  
  gations...............       --        150        --          --        150
Income tax payable......       --      1,612     1,077          --      2,689
                          -------    -------    ------     -------    -------
      Total current                                                    
        liabilities.....       --     52,196    15,252     (15,094)    52,354
                          -------    -------    ------     -------    -------
Long-term obligations                                                  
  excluding current                                                    
  installments..........       --    507,055        --          --    507,055
Capital lease                                                       
  obligations,
  excluding current                                                    
  installments..........       --         99        30          --        129
Deferred income taxes,
  net...................       --     15,519        --      (5,396)    10,123
                          -------    -------    ------     -------    -------
      Total liabilities.       --    574,869    15,282     (20,490)   569,661
Shareholders' (deficit)                                                
  equity................ (261,588)   158,971    40,905    (199,876)  (261,588)
                          -------    -------    ------     -------    -------
      Total liabilities                                                
        and equity......$(261,588)  $733,840  $ 56,187   $(220,366)  $308,073
                          =======    =======    ======     =======    =======
</TABLE>
                                                                      


                                 
       Condensed Consolidating Guarantor, Non-Guarantor And
                   Parent Company Balance Sheet
                         December 31, 1997
                          (in thousands)

<TABLE>
                         Kinetic                                         
                        Concepts,                        Reclassi-   Kinetic
                           Inc.                  Non-    fications  Concepts,
                          Parent   Guarantor  Guarantor     and        Inc.
                         Company     Sub-        Sub-     Elimi-     and Sub-
                         Borrower  sidiaries  sidiaries   nations   sidiaries
                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<CAPTION>
<S>                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C> 

ASSETS                                                                       
                                                                             
Current assets:                                                              
  Cash and cash
    equivalents........ $     --    $ 44,471  $ 17,316   $    (33)  $ 61,754
  Accounts receivable,
    net................      681      75,252    15,002     (9,697)    81,238
  Inventories..........   16,716       3,056     9,547     (7,766)    21,553
  Prepaid expenses and                                                 
    other..............    5,663      11,847     1,584       (648)    18,446
                          ------     -------    ------    -------    -------
     Total current
        assets.........   23,060     134,626    43,449    (18,144)   182,991
                                                                       
Net property, plant                                                
  and equipment........   14,310      75,471     9,065    (23,412)    75,434
Goodwill, net..........    2,749      37,332     5,818         --     45,899
Loan issuance cost, net       --      17,346        --         --     17,346
Other assets, net......    6,055      23,298       127          1     29,481
Intercompany                                                           
  investments
  and advances.........  264,135     228,016     1,017   (493,168)        --
                         -------     -------    ------    -------    -------
     Total assets...... $310,309    $516,089  $ 59,476  $(534,723)  $351,151
                         =======     =======    ======    =======    =======
                                                                       
LIABILITIES AND                                                        
SHAREHOLDERS(DEFICIT)EQUITY
                                                                       
Accounts payable....... $ 37,594    $    595  $  2,196  $     (32)  $ 40,353
Accrued expenses.......   12,714      23,429     5,691       (500)    41,334
Current installments on                                              
  long-term obligations    4,800          --        --         --      4,800
Intercompany payables..       --     181,147     9,761   (190,908)        --
Current installments of                                                
  capital lease obli-                                                  
  gations..............      139          --        --         --        139
Income tax payable.....       --           1       648       (649)        --
                         -------     -------    ------    -------    -------
    Total current                                                    
       liabilities.....   55,247     205,172    18,296   (192,089)    86,626
                         -------     -------    ------    -------    -------
Long-term obligations                                                  
  excluding current                                                    
  installments.........  529,700         201        --         --    529,901
Capital lease                                                       
  obligations,
  excluding current                                                    
  installments.........      256          --        56         --        312
Dererred income taxes,
  net..................      804      17,636        --     (8,430)    10,010
                         -------     -------    ------    -------    -------
    Total liabilities..  586,007     223,009    18,352   (200,519)   626,849
Shareholders' (deficit)                                                
  equity............... (275,698)    293,080    41,124   (334,204)  (275,698)
                         -------     -------    ------    -------    -------
    Total liabilities                                                
      and equity....... $310,309    $516,089  $ 59,476  $(534,723)  $351,151
                         =======     =======    ======    =======    =======

</TABLE>
                                                                      

                                 
       Condensed Consolidating Guarantor, Non-Guarantor And
               Parent Company Statement of Earnings
               For the year ended December 31, 1998
                          (in thousands)

<TABLE>

                         Kinetic                                   Historical
                         Concepts,                       Reclassi-  Kinetic
                           Inc.                  Non-    fications Concepts,
                          Parent   Guarantor  Guarantor     and       Inc.
                         Company     Sub-        Sub-      Elimi-   and Sub-
                         Borrower  sidiaries  sidiaries   nations  sidiaries
                         --------- ---------  ---------  --------- ----------
<CAPTION>
<S>                      <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>

REVENUE:                                                                     
                                                                             
Rental and service..... $    --    $208,363   $ 50,119   $     --   $258,482
Sales and other........      --      59,193     23,567    (10,771)    71,989
                         ------     -------     ------     ------    -------
    Total revenue......      --     267,556     73,686    (10,771)   330,471
                                                                       
Rental expenses........      --     121,034     44,427         --    165,461
Cost of goods sold.....      --      20,931     12,470     (5,520)    27,881
                         ------     -------     ------     ------    -------
                             --     141,965     56,897     (5,520)   193,342
                         ------     -------     ------     ------    -------
    Gross profit.......      --     125,591     16,789     (5,251)   137,129
                                                                       
Selling, general and                                                   
  administrative
  expenses.............      --      64,924      4,645         --     69,569
                         ------     -------     ------     ------    -------
    Operating earnings.      --      60,667     12,144     (5,251)    67,560

Interest income........      --         334        282         --        616
Interest expense.......      --     (48,594)        --         --    (48,594)
Foreign currency
  gain(loss)...........      --       1,031     (1,011)        --         20
                         ------     -------     ------     ------    -------
    Earnings before                                                    
      income taxes and
      minority interest      --      13,438     11,415     (5,251)    19,602
Income tax.............      --       5,167      4,784     (2,100)     7,851
Minority interest......      --          --         25         --         25
                         ------     -------     ------     ------    -------
    Earnings before                                                 
      equity in
      earnings of                                                  
      subsidiaries.....      --       8,271      6,656     (3,151)    11,776
    Equity in earnings                                                 
      of  subsidiaries.  11,776       6,656         --    (18,432)        --
                         ------     -------     ------     ------    -------
    Net earnings....... $11,776    $ 14,927    $ 6,656   $(21,583)  $ 11,776
                         ======     =======     ======     ======    =======

</TABLE>


                                                                      
       Condensed Consolidating Guarantor, Non-Guarantor And
               Parent Company Statement of Earnings
               For the year ended December 31, 1997
                          (in thousands)

<TABLE>

                        Kinetic                                    Historical
                       Concepts,                        Reclassi-   Kinetic
                          Inc.                  Non-    fications  Concepts,
                         Parent   Guarantor  Guarantor     and        Inc.
                        Company     Sub-        Sub-     Elimi-     and Sub-
                        Borrower  sidiaries  sidiaries   nations   sidiaries
                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
<CAPTION>
<S>                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>

REVENUE:                                                                     
                                                                             
Rental and service.....  $    --   $202,938   $ 44,952   $    --    $247,890
Sales and other........   42,290     36,777     21,190    (41,231)    59,026
                          ------    -------     ------     ------    -------
    Total revenue......   42,290    239,715     66,142    (41,231)   306,916

Rental expenses........       --    123,346     40,946     (8,113)   156,179
Cost of goods sold.....   30,335      9,379     12,791    (28,832)    23,673
                          ------    -------     ------     ------    -------
                          30,335    132,725     53,737    (36,945)   179,852
                          ------    -------     ------     ------    -------
    Gross profit.......   11,955    106,990     12,405     (4,286)   127,064
                                                                       
Selling, general and                                                   
  administrative
  expenses.............    8,796     44,090      9,768         --     62,654
Recapitalization
  expense..............       --     34,361         --         --     34,361
                          ------    -------     ------     ------    -------
    Operating earnings.    3,159     28,539      2,637     (4,286)    30,049

Interest income........      278      1,527        458         --      2,263
Interest expense.......   (9,736)    (1,176)        --        739    (10,173)
Foreign currency loss..       --         --     (1,106)        --     (1,106)
                          ------     ------     ------      -----    -------
    Earnings before                                                    
      income taxes and                                                        
      minority interest   (6,299)    28,890      1,989     (3,547)    21,033
Income tax.............   (2,483)    11,169      1,381     (1,664)     8,403
Minority interest......       --         --        (25)        --        (25)
                          ------    -------     ------     ------    -------

    Earnings before                                                 
      equity in
      earnings of                                                  
      subsidiaries.....   (3,816)    17,721        583     (1,883)    12,605
    Equity in earnings                                                 
      of subsidiaries..   16,421        583         --    (17,004)        --
                          ------    -------     ------     ------    -------
    Net earnings.......  $12,605   $ 18,304    $   583   $(18,887)  $ 12,605
                          ======    =======     ======     ======    =======

</TABLE>


                                                                     
                                 
       Condensed Consolidating Guarantor, Non-Guarantor And
               Parent Company Statement of Earnings
               For the year ended December 31, 1996
                          (in thousands)

<TABLE>
                        Kinetic                                    Historical
                       Concepts,                        Reclassi-   Kinetic
                          Inc.                  Non-    fications  Concepts,
                         Parent   Guarantor  Guarantor     and        Inc.
                        Company     Sub-        Sub-     Elimi-     and Sub-
                        Borrower  sidiaries  sidiaries   nations   sidiaries
                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<CAPTION>
<S>                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>

REVENUE:                                                                     
                                                                             
Rental and service..... $    --    $176,135   $49,315    $     --   $225,450
Sales and other........  54,716      10,989    18,768     (40,042)    44,431
                         ------     -------    ------      ------    -------
    Total revenue......  54,716     187,124    68,083     (40,042)   269,881
                                                                       
Rental expenses........      --     110,198    45,851      (9,844)   146,205
Cost of goods sold.....  33,774          --     9,027     (26,486)    16,315
                         ------     -------    ------      ------    -------
                         33,774     110,198    54,878     (36,330)   162,520
                         ------     -------    ------      ------    -------
    Gross profit.......  20,942      76,926    13,205      (3,712)   107,361

Selling, general and                                                   
  administrative 
  expenses.............  22,615      38,218     3,101     (11,927)    52,007
                         ------     -------    ------      ------    -------
    Operating earnings.  (1,673)     38,708    10,104       8,215     55,354

Interest income........     249       9,513       334        (764)     9,332
Interest expense.......    (962)       (810)       --       1,527       (245)
                         ------     -------    ------      ------    -------
    Earnings before                                                    
      income taxes and                                                        
      minority interest  (2,386)     47,411    10,438       8,978     64,441
Income tax.............    (788)     19,059     3,862       3,321     25,454
                         ------     -------    ------      ------    -------

    Earnings before                                                 
      equity in
      earnings of                                                  
      subsidiaries.....  (1,598)     28,352     6,576       5,657     38,987
    Equity in earnings                                                 
      of subsidiaries..  40,585       6,576        --     (47,161)        --
                         ------     -------    ------      ------    -------
    Net earnings....... $38,987    $ 34,928   $ 6,576    $(41,504)  $ 38,987
                         ======     =======    ======      ======    =======

</TABLE>


                                                                      
       Condensed Consolidating Guarantor, Non-Guarantor And
              Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows
                 For year ended December 31, 1998
                          (in thousands)

<TABLE>

                         Kinetic                                         
                        Concepts,                        Reclassi-   Kinetic
                           Inc.                  Non-    fications  Concepts,
                          Parent   Guarantor  Guarantor     and        Inc.
                         Company     Sub-        Sub-     Elimi-     and Sub-
                         Borrower  sidiaries  sidiaries   nations   sidiaries
                        ---------  ---------  ---------  --------   ---------
<CAPTION>
<S>                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>

Cash flows from                                                              
operating
activities:                                                                  
Net earnings..........  $ 11,776   $ 14,927   $  6,656  $(21,583)   $ 11,776
Adjustments to 
  reconcile net
  earnings to net 
  cash provided by
  operating                                                
  activities..........    (9,767)    33,837      4,695     3,344      32,109
                          ------     ------     ------    ------      ------
Net cash provided by                                                   
  operating activities     2,009     48,764     11,351   (18,239)     43,885
Cash flows from                                                        
  investing activities:
  Additions to                                                         
    property, plant and
    equipment.........        --    (31,166)    (7,512)    8,765     (29,913)
  Decrease in inventory                                                
    to be converted 
    into equipment for                                                  
    short-term rental.        --       (700)        --        --        (700)
  Dispositions of                                                      
    property, plant
    and equipment.....        --        755      1,452        --       2,207
  Businesses acquired                                                  
    in purchase                                                           
    transactions,
    net of cash         
    acquired..........        --    (10,939)      (327)       --     (11,266)
  Decrease (increase)                                                  
    in other assets...        --     (3,054)       248        --      (2,806)
                          ------     ------     ------    ------      ------
Net cash used by                                                      
  investing activities        --    (45,104)    (6,139)    8,765     (42,478)
Cash flows from                                                        
financing activities:                                          
  Repayments of notes                                                  
    payable and long-                                                  
    term obligations..        --    (19,329)        --        --     (19,329)
  Repayments of capital                                                
    lease obligations.        --       (145)       (27)       --        (172)
  Loan issuance costs.        --       (339)        --        --        (339)
  Proceeds from the                                                    
    excercise of
    stock options.....       300         --         --        --         300
  Proceeds (payments)                                                 
    on intercompany
    invesments and                                              
    advances..........    (6,340)    15,003     (5,510)   (3,153)         --
  Cash dividends paid                                                 
    to shareholders...        --         --     (8,651)    8,651          --
  Recapitalization                                                    
    costs - fees and
    expenses..........     2,088         --         --        --       2,088
  Recapitalization                                                    
    costs - amount
    incurred in 1997,                                               
    paid in 1998......        --    (41,652)        --        --     (41,652)
  Other...............     1,943     (1,637)     1,204    (1,512)         (2)
                          ------     ------     ------    ------      ------
Net cash provided by                                                  
  financing activities    (2,009)   (48,099)   (12,984)    3,986     (59,106)
Effect of exchange rate                                               
  changes on cash and                                                 
  cash equivalents....        --         --         --       311         311
                          ------     ------     ------    ------      ------
Net decrease in cash                                                  
  and cash equivalents        --    (44,439)    (7,772)   (5,177)    (57,388)
Cash and cash                                                         
  equivalents,
  beginning of year...        --     44,439     17,315        --      61,754
                          ------     ------     ------    ------      ------
Cash and cash                                                         
  equivalents, end 
  of year.............   $    --    $    --    $ 9,543   $(5,177)    $ 4,366
                          ======     ======     ======    ======      ======

</TABLE>
        

                         
       Condensed Consolidating Guarantor, Non-Guarantor And
              Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows
                 For year ended December 31, 1997
                          (in thousands)

<TABLE>
                         Kinetic                                         
                        Concepts,                        Reclassi-   Kinetic
                           Inc.                  Non-    fications  Concepts,
                          Parent   Guarantor  Guarantor     and        Inc.
                         Company     Sub-        Sub-     Elimi-     and Sub-
                         Borrower  sidiaries  sidiaries   nations   sidiaries
                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<CAPTION>
<S>                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>

Cash flows from                                                              
operating activities:                                                      
Net earnings.........   $ 12,605   $ 18,304   $    583   $(18,887)  $ 12,605
Adjustments to                                                      
  reconcile net 
  earnings to net                                                  
  cash provided by
  operating                                                
  activities.........    (19,424)    (5,196)     2,355     20,364     (1,901)
                        --------    -------    -------    -------    ------- 
Net cash provided by                                                   
  operating activities    (6,819)    13,108      2,938      1,477     10,704
Cash flows from                                                        
investing activities:                                      
  Additions to                                                         
  property, plant and
  equipment..........     (1,624)   (22,565)    (5,698)     2,215    (27,672)
  Decrease in inventory                                                
    to be converted
    into equipment for                                                  
    short-term rental     (2,850)        --         --         --     (2,850)
  Dispositions of                                                      
    property, plant
    and equipment....         --        521      2,099         --      2,620
  Businesses acquired                                                  
    in purchase                                                           
    transactions,net
    of cash acquired.         --    (38,266)    (2,886)        (1)   (41,153)
  Decrease (increase)                                                  
    in other assets..      4,583      1,709      2,990     (8,343)       939
                         -------     ------     ------    -------     ------
Net cash provided                                                      
  (used) by investing
  activities.........        109    (58,601)    (3,495)    (6,129)   (68,116)
Cash flows from                                                        
financing activities:                                                    
  Borrowings of notes                                                  
    payable and long-                                                  
    term obligations.    534,500        201         --         --    534,701
  Borrowings                                                           
    (repayments) of
    capital lease                                                   
    obligations......        (71)        --          8       (270)      (333)
  Loan issuance costs         (6)   (17,728)        --         --    (17,734)
  Proceeds from the                                                    
    excercise of
    stock options....      3,668         --         --         --      3,668
  Proceeds (payments)                                                 
    on intercompany                                              
    investments and 
    advances.........    (71,983)    59,803      7,521      4,659         --
  Purchase and                                                        
    retirement of
    treasury stock...     (3,827)        --         --         --     (3,827)
  Cash dividends paid                                                 
    to shareholders..     (6,388)        --         --         --     (6,388)
  Recapitalization                                                    
    costs - purchase
    of treasury                                                       
    stock............   (631,606)        --         --         --   (631,606)
  Recapitalization                                                    
    costs - proceeds
    from C/S issuance    150,184         --         --         --    150,184
  Recapitalization                                                    
    costs - fees and
    expenses.........     (8,626)        --         --         --     (8,626)
  Recapitalization                                                    
    costs - amounts
    not yet paid.....     41,652         --         --         --     41,652
  Other..............       (787)    (2,598)    (4,141)     7,779        253
                         -------    -------    -------     ------     ------ 
Net cash provided by                                                  
  financing activities     6,710     39,678      3,388     12,168     61,944
Effect of exchange rate                                               
  changes on cash and                                                 
  cash equivalents...         --         --         --     (1,823)    (1,823)
                         -------    -------    -------     ------     ------
Net increase (decrease)                                               
  in cash and cash   
  equivalents........         --     (5,815)     2,831      5,693      2,709
Cash and cash                                                         
  equivalents,
  beginning of year..         --     50,286     14,485     (5,726)    59,045
                         -------     ------     ------     -------   -------   
Cash and cash                                                         
  equivalents, end
  of year............   $     --    $44,471    $17,316    $   (33)  $ 61,754
                         =======     ======     ======     ======    =======

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                 
       Condensed Consolidating Guarantor, Non-Guarantor And
              Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows
                 For year ended December 31, 1996
                          (in thousands)


                         Kinetic                                         
                        Concepts,                        Reclassi-   Kinetic
                           Inc.                  Non-    fications  Concepts,
                          Parent   Guarantor  Guarantor     and        Inc.
                         Company     Sub-        Sub-     Elimi-     and Sub-
                         Borrower  sidiaries  sidiaries   nations   sidiaries
                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<CAPTION>
<S>                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>

Cash flows from                                                              
operating activities:                                                      
Net earnings........... $ 38,987   $ 34,928   $  6,576   $(41,504)  $ 38,987
Adjustments to                                                      
  reconcile net
  earnings to net                                                  
  cash provided by
  operating                      
  activities...........  (32,912)    24,267     (5,031)    36,856     23,180
                          ------     ------    -------     ------     ------ 
Net cash provided by                                                   
  operating activities     6,075     59,195      1,545     (4,648)    62,167
Cash flows from                                                        
  investing activities:                                                  
  Additions to                                                         
    property, plant 
    and equipment......   (8,474)   (13,261)   (10,017)     3,969    (27,783)
  Decrease in inventory                                                
    to be converted                                                  
    into equipment for                                               
    short-term rental..      700         --         --         --        700
  Dispositions of                                                      
    property, plant
    and equipment......       --        132      5,268         --      5,400
  Businesses acquired                                                  
    in purchase                                                           
    transactions, net
    of cash acquired...       --     (1,146)        --         --     (1,146)
  Excess principal                                                     
    repayment on
    discounted                                                 
    notes receivable...       --      5,180         --         --      5,180
  Note repaid from                                                     
    principal        
    shareholder........       --     10,000         --         --     10,000
  Decrease (increase)                                                  
    in other assets....       23     (6,796)    (1,227)    (1,960)    (9,960)
                          ------     ------    -------     ------     ------
Net cash provided                                                      
  (used) by investing
   activities..........   (7,751)    (5,891)    (5,976)     2,009    (17,609)
Cash flows from                                                        
  financing 
  activities:                                                            
  Borrowings (repayments)
    of capital lease                                                   
    obligations........      466         --         (6)        (3)       457
  Proceeds from the                                                    
    excercise of stock
    options............    4,264         --         --         --      4,264
  Proceeds (payments)                                                 
    on intercompany
    investments and                                              
    advances...........   39,442    (45,135)     5,565        128         --
  Purchase and                                                        
    retirement of
    treasury stock.....  (35,241)        --         --         --    (35,241)
  Cash dividends paid                                                 
    to shareholders....   (6,607)        --         --         --     (6,607)
  Other................     (648)       975       (480)         3       (150)
                          ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
Net cash provided                                                     
  (used) by financing
  activities...........    1,676    (44,160)     5,079        128    (37,277)
Effect of exchange rate                                               
  changes on cash and                                                 
  cash equivalents ....       --         --         --       (635)      (635)
                          ------    -------     ------     ------     ------
Net increase in cash                                                  
  and cash equivalents.       --      9,144        648     (3,146)     6,646
Cash and cash                                                         
  equivalents,
  beginning of year....       --     41,142     13,837     (2,580)    52,399
                          ------    -------     ------     ------     ------
Cash and cash                                                         
  equivalents, end
  of year..............  $    --   $ 50,286   $ 14,485   $ (5,726)  $ 59,045
                          ======     ======     ======     ======     ======
                                                                      

</TABLE>


                   Independent Auditors' Report

                                 

                                 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Kinetic Concepts, Inc.:


We  have  audited the accompanying consolidated balance  sheets  of
Kinetic Concepts, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and
1997  and  the  related consolidated statements of  earnings,  cash
flows  and shareholders' (deficit) equity for each of the two years
in the period ended December 31, 1998. Our audits also included the
financial statement schedules, as it relates to information for the
years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, listed in the index at Item
14(a).  These  consolidated financial statements and schedules  are
the  responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements
and  schedules  based  on  our audits.  The consolidated  financial
statements for Kinetic Concepts, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year
ended December 31, 1996 were audited by other auditors whose report
dated  February 5, 1997, expressed an unqualified opinion on  those
statements.

We  conducted  our  audits  in accordance with  generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards  require  that  we  plan  and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether  the
financial  statements are free of material misstatement.  An  audit
includes  examining,  on  a  test basis,  evidence  supporting  the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit  also
includes  assessing the accounting principles used and  significant
estimates  made  by management, as well as evaluating  the  overall
financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the 1998 and 1997 consolidated financial statements
referred  to  above present fairly, in all material  respects,  the
financial position of Kinetic Concepts, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
December  31, 1998 and 1997 and the consolidated results  of  their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the two years  in  the
period  ended  December  31,  1998  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, the  related
financial statement schedules, when considered in relation  to  the
basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.




                                    /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
                                    -------------------------
                                    Ernst & Young LLP

San Antonio, Texas
February 5, 1999

                                 
                                 

                   Independent Auditors' Report

                                 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Kinetic Concepts, Inc.:


We  have  audited  the accompanying consolidated balance  sheet  of
Kinetic Concepts, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and
the  related  consolidated statements of earnings, cash  flows  and
shareholders'  equity for each of the years in the two-year  period
ended  December  31, 1996. These consolidated financial  statements
are   the   responsibility   of  the  Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is  to  express an opinion  on  these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in accordance with  generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards  require  that  we  plan  and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether  the
financial  statements are free of material misstatement.  An  audit
includes  examining,  on  a  test basis,  evidence  supporting  the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit  also
includes  assessing the accounting principles used and  significant
estimates  made  by management, as well as evaluating  the  overall
financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred  to
above  present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial
position  of Kinetic Concepts, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December
31,  1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows
for  each  of  the years in the two-year period ended December  31,
1996,  in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




                                    /s/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
                                    -------------------------
                                    KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

San Antonio, Texas
February 5, 1997





                   Independent Auditors' Report

                                 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Kinetic Concepts, Inc.:



Under  date  of  February 5, 1997, we reported on the  consolidated
balance  sheet  of  Kinetic Concepts, Inc. and subsidiaries  as  of
December  31,  1996,  and  the related consolidated  statements  of
earnings, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years
in  the two-year period ended December 31, 1996. In connection with
our audits of the aforementioned consolidated financial statements,
we  also  have audited the related financial statement schedule  as
listed  in  Item 14 (a) (2) of Form 10-K.  This financial statement
schedule  is  the responsibility of the Company's management.   Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement
schedule based on our audit.

In  our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered
in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as
a  whole,  presents fairly in all material respects the information
set forth therein.




                                    /s/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
                                    -------------------------
                                    KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

San Antonio, Texas
February 5, 1997




Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
- ---------------------------------------------------------
         Accounting Matters and Financial Disclosure
- ----------------------------------------------------
         
      Ernst & Young LLP was the Company's certifying accountant for
the  two  years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.  On February  18,
1997,   the   Board   of  Directors  of  the  Company,   upon   the
recommendation  of  the  Audit  Committee,  voted  to  engage   the
accounting  firm  of Ernst & Young LLP as the Company's  certifying
accountant  for the year ending December 31, 1997.   The  Company's
previous certifying accountant, KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, was notified
on  February  21, 1997 and its engagement was terminated  effective
upon  the completion and filing of the Company's 1996 Annual Report
on  Form 10-K.  On February 24, 1997, the Company notified Ernst  &
Young  LLP  that  it  would be engaged as the Company's  certifying
accountant for the 1997 fiscal year.

     The report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP on the Company's financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 1996 did not contain  an
adverse  opinion or disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified  or
modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

      In  connection  with  the  audit of the  Company's  financial
statements  for  the  year  ended December  31,  1996  and  in  the
subsequent interim period through the date of dismissal, there were
no  disagreements  with KPMG Peat Marwick LLP  on  any  matters  of
accounting  principles,  financial statement  disclosure  or  audit
scope and procedures which, if not resolved to the satisfaction  of
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, would have caused the firm to make reference
to the matter in their report.

      The  change  in certifying accountant came in response  to  a
Request  for Proposal issued by the Company in 1996. Ernst &  Young
LLP,  has  been providing property and income tax planning services
to the Company since 1995.

                             PART III
                                 
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
- -----------------------------------------------------------

     Set  forth  below  are the names, ages and  positions  of  the
directors  and  executive officers of the  Company,  together  with
certain other key personnel.
     
Name                       Age  Position
- -----------------         ----  ---------------------
Robert Jaunich II.......   58   Chairman of the Board
Raymond R. Hannigan.....   59   Director, President and Chief Executive
                                Officer
James R. Leininger M.D..   54   Director, Chairman Emeritus
James T. Farrell........   34   Director
N. Colin Lind...........   42   Director
Charles N. Martin.......   52   Director
Donald E. Steen.........   56   Director
Jeffrey W. Ubben........   37   Director
Dennis E. Noll..........   44   Senior Vice President, General Counsel
                                and Secretary
Christopher M. Fashek...   49   President, KCI Therapeutic Services
Frank DiLazzaro.........   40   President, KCI International
William M. Brown........   56   Vice President and Chief Financial
                                Officer
Richard C. Vogel........   44   Vice President and General Manager,
                                NuTech
Michael J. Burke........   51   Vice President, Manufacturing
Martin J. Landon........   39   Vice President, Accounting and Corporate
                                Controller


Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant (Continued)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------   
   
     Robert Jaunich II became a director and Chairman of the  Board
after  the  consummation  of the Tender Offer.  Mr.  Jaunich  is  a
Managing  Director  of Fremont Partners where he shares  management
responsibility for the $605 million investment fund. He is  also  a
Managing  Director  and  a member of the  Board  of  Directors  and
Executive  Committee  of The Fremont Group. Prior  to  joining  the
Fremont Group in 1991, he was Executive Vice President and a member
of  the  Chief Executive Office of Jacobs Suchard AG, a Swiss-based
chocolate,  sugar  confectionery and coffee company.  He  currently
serves as a director of CNF Transportation, Inc. and as Chairman of
the Managing General Partner of Crown Pacific Partners, L.P.
     
     Raymond  R.  Hannigan joined the Company as its President  and
Chief  Executive  Officer in November 1994  and  has  served  as  a
director  of the Company since 1994. From January 1991 to  November
1994,  Mr. Hannigan was the President of the International Division
of  Sterling  Winthrop  Consumer  Health  Group  (a  pharmaceutical
company  with  operations  in  over 40 countries),  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of  Eastman Kodak. From May 1989 to January  1991,  Mr.
Hannigan was the President of Sterling Drug International.
     
     James  R.  Leininger, M.D. is the founder of the  Company  and
served as Chairman of the Board of Directors from 1976 until  1997.
From  January  1990  to  November 1994,  Dr.  Leininger  served  as
President  and  Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  From  1975
until  October 1986, Dr. James Leininger was also the  Chairman  of
the  Emergency  Department of the Baptist Hospital  System  in  San
Antonio, Texas.
     
     James  T. Farrell became a director after the consummation  of
the  Tender  Offer. Mr. Farrell is a Managing Director  of  Fremont
Partners.  Before  joining The Fremont Group in  1991,  he  was  an
associate  at  ESL Partners, a private investment  partnership.  In
1985,  he  began  his  career at Copley Real Estate  Advisors.  Mr.
Farrell  is  a  former director of Coldwell Banker Corporation.  He
also  serves  as  a  director  of the  nonprofit  Pacific  Research
Institute.
     
     N.  Colin Lind became a director after the consummation of the
Tender Offer. Mr. Lind is a Managing Director of Richard C. Blum  &
Associates,  L.P.  Before joining RCBA  in  1986,  he  was  a  Vice
President  at R. H. Chappell Co., an investment concern focused  on
development stage companies, and was previously a Vice President of
Research  for two regional brokerage firms, Davis Skaggs, Inc.  and
Wheat  First Securities. He has previously been a director  of  two
public companies and seven venture capital backed companies.
     
     Charles  N.  Martin  became a director in 1998.  From  January
1992 to January 1997, Mr. Martin served as Chairman, President  and
Chief  Executive  Officer of OrNda Health Corp.  Starting  in  1987
through January 1992, Mr. Martin served as President, Director  and
Chief Operating Officer for HealthTrust Inc.  Mr. Martin serves  as
a director of Heritage Health Systems, Ambulatory Resource Centres,
the Center for Professional Excellence and UniPhy.
     
     
     Donald  E. Steen   became  a  director  in  1998. Mr. Steen is 
Chairman of the Board of United Surgical Partners International, Inc.
("USP").    Prior  to  USP  Mr.  Steen served  as  President of the
International group of Columbia/HCA.  He  was formerly President of
the Western Group of Columbia/HCA.  Prior to joining  Columbia/HCA,
Mr. Steen served as   President  and   Chief  Executive  Officer of
Medical  Care  America,  the   holding   company  of  Medical  Care
International, Inc.  and   Critical  Care  America, Inc.  Mr. Steen
currently serves on the Board of Directors  of  several health care
companies.
     
     Jeffrey Ubben became a director after the consummation of  the
Tender Offer. Mr. Ubben is a Managing Director of Richard C. Blum &
Associates, L.P. Before joining RCBA in 1995 he was manager of  the
$5  billion  Fidelity Value Fund and had been employed by  Fidelity
for a period of nine years.
     
     Dennis  E.  Noll joined the Company in February  1992  as  its
Senior  Corporate Counsel and was appointed Vice President, General
Counsel  and  Secretary in January 1993. Mr. Noll was  promoted  to
Senior  Vice  President in September 1995.  Prior  to  joining  the
Company  in  February 1992, Mr. Noll was a shareholder of  the  law
firm of Cox & Smith Incorporated.
     
     Christopher M. Fashek joined the Company in February  1995  as
President, KCTS. Prior to joining the Company, he served as General
Manager,  Sterling Winthrop, New Zealand since February  1993,  and
served  as  Vice President Sales of Sterling Health USA  from  1989
until February 1993.
     
     Frank DiLazzaro joined the Company in 1988 as General Manager,
KCI  Medical  Canada. Mr. DiLazzaro served as Vice  President,  KCI
International, Inc. from June 1989 to December 1992. Mr.  DiLazzaro
has served as President, KCI International, Inc. since January 1993
and  was  Vice  President, Marketing from April 1993  to  September
1995.
     
     William M. Brown joined the Company as its Vice President  and
Chief  Financial  Officer on July 1, 1998.  Prior  to  joining  the
Company,  he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer  for IMO Industries from 1992 until October 1997  and  held
various  executive positions with ITT Corporation from 1967 through
1992.
     
     Richard C. Vogel joined the Company as its Vice President  and
General  Manager, NuTech on July 1, 1996. From 1989  to  1996,  Mr.
Vogel  served  as  Executive  Vice President  of  Vestar,  Inc.,  a
California-based biotechnology company.
     
     Michael J. Burke joined the Company in September 1995 as  Vice
President, Manufacturing. Prior to joining the Company,  Mr.  Burke
worked  for  Sterling Winthrop, Inc., a Division of  Eastman  Kodak
Company,   for  25  years,  where  he  served  as  Vice  President,
Manufacturing  and  as  General Manager, Sterling  Health  HK/China
since 1992.
     
     Martin  J.  Landon joined the Company in May  1994  as  Senior
Director  of  Corporate  Development  and  was  promoted  to   Vice
President,  Accounting and Corporate Controller  in  October  1994.
From 1987 to May 1994, Mr. Landon worked for Intelogic Trace, Inc.,
most  recently  serving  as  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial
Officer.


Item 11.   Executive Compensation
- ---------------------------------

<TABLE>
                        SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                        --------------------------  
                                                               LONG-         
                                                               TERM
                                                              COMPEN-      
                                                              SATION       
                 ANNUAL COMPENSATION                          AWARDS        
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Other                  
                                                   Annual                  (2)
                                                   Compen-   Securities  All Other
Name and Principal                                 sation    Underlying   Compen-
Position                 Year   Salary   Bonus       (1)      Options     sation
- --------------------     ----  -------- --------  --------  ----------   --------
<CAPTION>
<S>                      <C>   <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>                   

Raymond R. Hannigan      1998  $322,500 $ 64,500                   --     $5,214
Chief Executive          1997   300,000  433,100              816,000      5,583
Officer,& President      1996   275,000  175,000               48,000      4,888

Frank DiLazzaro          1998  $188,667 $ 52,920                   --     $1,695
President,               1997   181,000  390,323              352,000      1,409
KCI International, Inc.  1996   168,000   86,000              312,000        884
                                                                 
Christopher M. Fashek    1998  $219,000 $ 16,650                   --     $2,338
President & Chief        1997   206,750  362,637              473,600      2,256
Executive Officer, KCI   1996   193,000  115,800              493,000      1,647
Therapeutic Services,
Inc.

Dennis E. Noll           1998  $187,750 $ 36,225                   --     $1,612
Senior Vice-President,   1997   177,688  293,390              352,000      1,623
General Counsel &        1996   165,812   81,000              392,000      1,315
Secretary                                                                   
                                                                 
Richard Vogel            1998  $160,542 $ 54,000                   --     $1,513
Vice President & G.      1997   150,833  287,539              188,800      1,463
Manager KCI New
Technologies, Inc.       1996    72,500   29,000  $104,350    200,000      1,805

</TABLE>

 (1) The   column   entitled  "Other Annual Compensation"  includes
     monies  paid  to  Mr.  Vogel  in  1996  for  reimbursement  of
     relocation expenses.  Except with respect to personal benefits
     received  by individuals in fiscal 1996, the personal benefits
     provided to each of the named executive officers under various
     Company  programs  did  not exceed  10%  of  the  individual's
     combined salary and bonus in any other year.

(2)  The  "All  Other Compensation" column includes  the  Company's
     contribution  to  the  Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan
     which  was  credited in 1996, a Company contribution of $1,000
     in 1998 and $500 in  1997 to the Company's 401(k) plan for the
     named individuals and a  premium for term life insurance in an
     amount which varied depending  on  the age  of  the  executive
     officer.


Item 11. Executive Compensation (continued)
- ------------------------------------------

 
              OPTION GRANTS AND EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     No options were granted or exercised during 1998.



                     FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUE
                                 
      The following table sets forth certain information concerning
the  number  and  value of the options held by the named  executive
officers at the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>

                       Number of        Value of
                       Underlying     Unexercised
                      Unexercised     In-the-Money
                        Options        Options at
                       at FY-End         FY-End
                      Exercisable/    Exercisable/
        Name          Unexercisable   Unexercisable(1)
- -------------------   -------------   ----------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                   <C>             <C>
                                   
Raymond R. Hannigan       953,600      $2,651,500
                          614,400              --
                                   
Christopher M. Fashek     647,520      $1,104,375
                          353,280              --
                                   
Frank DiLazzaro           458,120      $  800,568
                          256,000              --
                                   
Dennis E. Noll            264,000      $  331,250
                          256,000              --
                                   
Richard C. Vogel          265,920      $  214,400
                          122,880              --
                                   

</TABLE>


(1)   The  Company's  Common Stock  is no  longer publicly  traded.
      For  purposes  of this calculation, the fair market value of
      the Common Stock was assumed to be $4.8125 per share.






Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
- --------------------------------------------------------
         and Management
         --------------

                                
  SECURITIES HOLDINGS OF PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS, DIRECTORS AND
                            OFFICERS
                                
      Based  upon  information received  upon  request  from  the
persons  concerned, each person known to be the beneficial  owner
of  more  than  five percent of the Company's outstanding  common
stock,  each  director,  nominee for  director,  named  executive
officer  (as  defined  on page 7 hereof) and  all  directors  and
executive  officers of the Company as a group, owned beneficially
as  of  March  1, 1999, the number and percentage of  outstanding
shares  of Common Stock of the Company indicated in the following
table:


<TABLE>
                                       Shares of Common          
                                             Stock
                                      Beneficially owned    
                                             as of           Percent
                                       March 1, 1999 (1)     of Class
                                      ------------------     --------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                   <C>                    <C>


James R. Leininger, M.D..............      23,756,880          31.2%
  8023 Vantage Drive                                         
  San Antonio, TX 78230                                      
Fremont Partners L.P.................      28,119,688          37.0%
  and certain related parties                                
  50 Fremont Street, Suite 3700                              
  San Francisco, CA 94105                                    
Richard C. Blum & Associates.........      18,576,040          24.4%
  and certain related parties                                
  909 Montgomery Street, Suite 400                           
  San Francisco, CA 84133                                    
Raymond R. Hannigan (2)..............         953,600           1.3%
James T. Farrell (3).................              --       
Robert Jaunich II (3)................              --       
N. Colin Lind (4)....................              --       
Jeffrey W. Ubben (4).................              --       
Charles N. Martin (5)................              --       
Donald E. Steen (5)..................          64,200              *
Christopher M. Fashek (2)............         647,520              *
Frank DiLazzaro (2)..................         458,120              *
Dennis E. Noll (2)...................         264,000              *
Richard C. Vogel (2).................         265,920              *
All directors and executive officers                          
  as a group (20 persons)(2).........       3,666,840            4.8%

</TABLE>
                                
*    Less than one (1%) percent

(1)  Except   as  otherwise  indicated in the following notes,  the
     persons named in  the table directly own the number of  shares
     indicated  in  the  table and have the sole voting  power  and
     investment  power with respect to all of such shares.   Shares
     beneficially owned include options exercisable as of  May  30,
     1999.

(2)  The  shares  shown represent shares of Common Stock which such
     persons  have   the  right  to  acquire  under  stock  options
     granted by the Company as of May 30, 1999.

(3)  Messrs.  Farrell  and  Jaunich  are   managing   directors  of
     Fremont  Partners,  L.P. and certain of  its  related  parties
     ("Fremont").   The  Shares shown do  not  include  the  Shares
     beneficially owned by Fremont.

(4)  Messrs.    Lind    and   Ubben  are  managing   directors   of
     Richard  C. Blum & associates, L.P. and certain of its related
     parties  ("RCBA").  The Shares shown do not include the Shares
     beneficially owned by RCBA.

(5)  Messrs. Martin  and   Steen   are outside  directors  and  are
     not affiliated with Fremont Partners,  LP  or  Richard C. Blum
     and Associates, L.P.




Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
- -------------------------------------------------------

      On  December  18, 1996, a company controlled by  Dr.  James
Leininger  acquired  a  tract of land (the "Property")  from  the
Company for $395,000.  The Property is comprised of approximately
2.2   acres   and   is   adjacent  to  the  Company's   corporate
headquarters.  The purchase price was based on the aggregate cost
of  the Property to the Company (including acquisition expenses).
The  Company  believes that the acreage was  transferred  to  Dr.
James  Leininger at a price equal to its fair market  value.   In
connection with the purchase of the Property, the Company  loaned
Dr.  James  Leininger $3,000,000 in February 1997 to develop  the
Property.   The loan bore interest at a rate equal to  the  prime
rate  of  Texas Commerce Bank. The loan was non-recourse  to  Dr.
James Leininger but was secured by the Property, the improvements
on   the  Property  and  1,200,000  shares  owned  by  Dr.  James
Leininger.  Dr. Leininger repaid the loan in full on December 31,
1997.

      Pursuant to the provisions of the Executive Committee Stock
Ownership  Policy,  the Company loaned funds  to  Christopher  M.
Fashek,  the  President  of  KCI Therapeutic  Services,  Inc.  (a
division  of the Company), Bianca A. Rhodes, the Company's  Chief
Financial  Officer at the time and Dennis E. Noll, the  Company's
Senior  Vice  President and General Counsel.   These  loans  were
utilized by such executive officers to acquire Shares in order to
meet the standards set forth in the Company's Executive Committee
Stock   Ownership  Policy.   The  loans  bore  interest  at   the
applicable  federal  rate  established by  the  Internal  Revenue
Service  and had a term of five years. The initial loans made  to
Mr.  Fashek, Ms. Rhodes and Mr. Noll were $107,672, $170,672  and
$86,310,  respectively, and the outstanding balance of  principal
and  accrued interest on such loans as of December 31, 1996  were
$87,076, $166,003 and $81,888, respectively.  Mr. Noll repaid his
loan in February 1997.  Ms. Rhodes repaid the principal amount of
her loan in July 1997.  Mr. Fashek repaid his loan on November 5,
1997.   The  Board  has  amended the  Executive  Committee  Stock
Ownership  Policy to make the ownership thresholds in the  policy
voluntary and, as a result, the Company will not be making  loans
to executive officers under the policy in the future.

      At  its  December  1997  meeting, the  Company's  Board  of
Directors  agreed to sell Dr. James R. Leininger certain  of  the
Company's non-operating assets.  The assets included the  vehicle
driven  by Dr. Leininger and the Company's ownership interest  in
the  San  Antonio Spurs, Bionumerick, Inc. and a small  aircraft.
The  vehicle  was  sold to Dr. Leininger at its depreciated  book
value  and the ownership interests were to be sold at their  cost
to the Company.  The assets were transferred in 1998. The Company
believes  that the transfers were made at prices equal  to  their
fair market value.



                             PART IV
                                
Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports
- -------------------------------------------------------------
         on Form 8-K
         -----------


(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this report:

     1.  Financial Statements
         --------------------

         The  following  consolidated  financial  statements  are
         filed as a part of this report:
         
              Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998
              and 1997 
            
              Consolidated  Statements of (Deficit) Earnings  for
              the  three years ended December 31, 1998, 1997  and
              1996
              
              Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three
              years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996

              Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for
              the  three years ended December 31, 1998, 1997  and
              1996

              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

              Independent Auditors' Report


     2.  Financial Statement Schedules
         -----------------------------

         The following consolidated financial statement schedules
         for  each  of  the years in the three-year period  ended
         December 31, 1998 are filed as part of this Report:
         
              Independent Auditors' Report

              Schedule VIII - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts -
              Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
              
         All  other  schedules have been omitted as the  required
         information is not present or is not present in  amounts
         sufficient  to  require submission of the  schedule,  or
         because  the  information required is  included  in  the
         financial statements and notes thereto.

     3.  Exhibits
         --------

   The following exhibits are filed as a part of this Report:

                                
        Exhibit                   Description
        -------                   -----------
                   
            3.1   Restatement   of  Articles  of  Incorporation
                  (filed   as  Exhibit  3.2  to  the  Company's
                  Registration  Statement  on  Form   S-1,   as
                  amended  (Registration  No.  33-21353),   and
                  incorporated herein by reference).
                  
            3.2   Restated  By-Laws  of the Company  (filed  as
                  Exhibit  3.3  to  the Company's  Registration
                  Statement    on   Form   S-1,   as    amended
                  (Registration No. 33-21353), and incorporated
                  herein by reference).
                  
            4.1   Specimen  Common  Stock  Certificate  of  the
                  Company  (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the  Annual
                  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended
                  December 31, 1988, and incorporated herein by
                  reference).
                  
            10.1  KCI  Employee Benefits Trust Agreement (filed
                  as  Exhibit  10.21  to the  Company's  Annual
                  Report  on  Form  10-K/A dated  December  31,
                  1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
                  
            10.2  Letter,  dated September 19, 1994,  from  the
                  Company to Raymond R. Hannigan outlining  the
                  terms  of  his employment (filed  as  Exhibit
                  10.22 to the Company's Annual Report on  Form
                  10-K/A   dated   December   31,   1994,   and
                  incorporated herein by reference).
                  
            10.3  Letter,  dated  November 22, 1994,  from  the
                  Company  to  Christopher M. Fashek  outlining
                  the terms of his employment (filed as Exhibit
                  10.23 to the Company's Annual Report on  Form
                  10-K/A   dated   December   31,   1994,   and
                  incorporated herein by reference).
                  
            10.4  Deferred Compensation Plan (filed as  Exhibit
                  99.2  to  the Company's Quarterly  Report  on
                  Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
                  1995 and incorporated herein by reference).
                  
            10.5  Kinetic Concepts, Inc. Senior Executive Stock
                  Option  Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.31  to  the
                  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for  the
                  year    ended   December   31,   1996,    and
                  incorporated herein by reference).
                  
            10.6  Form  of  Option Instrument with  respect  to
                  Senior Executive Stock Option Plan (filed  as
                  Exhibit 10.32 to the Company's Annual  Report
                  on  Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                  1996, and incorporated herein by reference).
                  
            10.7  Kinetic   Concepts  Management  Equity   Plan
                  effective  October 1, 1997 (filed as  Exhibit
                  10.33   on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended
                  December 31, 1997, and incorporated herein by
                  reference).


          * 10.8  Director Equity Agreement, dated May 12,
                  1998, between the Company and Charles N.
                  Martin.
                  
          * 10.9  Director Equity Agreement, dated May 12,
                  1998, between the Company and Donald E. Steen.
                  
          * 10.10 Letter, dated June 4, 1998, from the Company
                  to William M. Brown outlining the terms of
                  his employment.
                  
          *10.11  Supplier Agreement, dated December 1, 1998,
                  between Novation, LLC and Kinetic Concepts,
                  Inc.
                  
            16.1  Letter  from  KPMG Peat Marwick  LLP  to  the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission  regarding
                  agreement  with statements made by Registrant
                  under Item 9 of its Form 10-K dated March 28,
                  1997  (filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the Company's
                  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                  December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by
                  reference).
                  
          * 21.0  List of Subsidiaries.
                  
          * 27.1  Financial Data Schedule.
                  

Note: (*) Exhibits filed herewith.



(b)  Reports on Form 8-K
     -------------------

         No reports on Form 8-K have been filed during the last
quarter of the period covered by this report.






                           SIGNATURES
                                

      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly  caused
this  report  to  be  signed on its behalf  by  the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Antonio,  State  of
Texas on March 30, 1999.


                                    KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC.


                                    By: /s/ Robert Jaunich II
                                       ----------------------
                                       Robert Jaunich II,
                                       Chairman of the Board of
                                       Directors

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
of  1934, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.


 
         Signature                             Date
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
By:  /s/ Robert Jaunich II                 March 30, 1999
     -------------------------------  
     Robert Jaunich II                
     Chairman of the Board of         
     Directors                        
                                      
                                      
                                      
By:  /s/ Raymond R. Hannigan               March 30, 1999
     -------------------------------  
     Raymond R. Hannigan              
     Chief Executive Officer and      
     President                        
                                      
                                      
                                      
By:  /s/ William M. Brown                  March 30, 1999
     -------------------------------  
     William M. Brown                 
     Vice President, and              
     Chief Financial Officer          
     (Principal Accounting Officer)   
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      

                     SIGNATURES (CONTINUED)

Signature                                        Date
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
By:  /s/ James R. Leininger, M.D.          March 30, 1999
     ----------------------------     
     James R. Leininger M.D.          
     Director                         
                                      
                                      
                                      
By:  /s/ James T. Farrell                  March 30, 1999
     ---------------------------      
     James T. Farrell                 
     Director                         
                                      
                                      
                                      
By:  /s/ N. Colin Lind                     March 30, 1999
     --------------------------       
     N. Colin Lind                    
     Director                         
                                      
                                      
                                      
By:  /s/ Charles N. Martin                 March 30, 1999
     --------------------------       
     Charles N. Martin                
     Director                         
                                      
                                      
                                      
By:  /s/ Donald E. Steen                   March 30, 1999
     --------------------------       
     Donald E. Steen                  
     Director                         
                                      
                                      
                                      
By:  /s/ Jeffrey W. Ubben                  March 30, 1999
     --------------------------
     Jeffrey W. Ubben
     Director




                                      







Schedule VIII


             KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                         (in thousands)
                                
               Three years ended December 31, 1998


                            Additions               
                Balance      Charged   Additions              12/31/96
                   at       to Costs    Charged                Balance
                Beginning      and      to Other              at End of
Description     of Period   Expenses    Accounts  Deductions   Period
- --------------  ---------   ---------  ---------  ----------  --------- 

Allowance for                                              
doubtful
accounts         $ 6,177      $2,457    $    -       $1,102    $ 7,532
                  ======       =====     =====        =====     ======



                            Additions                         
                Balance      Charged   Additions              12/31/97
                   at       to Costs    Charged                Balance
                Beginning      and      to Other              at End of 
Description     of Period   Expenses    Accounts  Deductions   Period
- -----------     ---------   ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------
    
Allowance for                                              
doubtful
accounts         $ 7,532     $5,888     $    -      $2,216     $11,204
                  ======      =====      =====       =====      ======
                       
  


                           Additions                
                Balance     Charged   Additions              12/31/98
                   at       to Costs   Charged               Balance         
               Beginning      and      to Other              at End of
Description    of Period    Expenses   Accounts  Deductions   Period
- -----------    ---------   ---------  ---------  ----------  --------           
Allowance for                                              
doubtful
accounts         $11,204     $3,707     $    -      $5,238     $ 9,673
                  ======      =====      =====       =====      ======



   





          DIRECTOR EQUITY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as
of May 12, 1998 (the "Date of Grant"), between KINETIC CONCEPTS,
INC., a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and the other party
signatory hereto (the "Director").

          WHEREAS, the Director was elected to the Board of
Directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") and the
Company desires to provide him a direct proprietary interest in
the Company's success in recognition of his contribution to the
Company; and

          WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to award to the
Director nonqualified stock options (the "Options") to purchase
shares of the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company ("Common
Stock");

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and
agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1.   Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement, the
following terms have the following meanings:

          "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any
     other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled
     by or under common control with, such Person.  For purposes
     of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative
     meanings, the terms "controlling", "controlled by" or "under
     common control with"), as used with respect to any Person,
     shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
     power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
     policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of
     voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

          "Applicable Option Share Value" as of any date of
     determination means the Fair Market Value; provided,
     however, that if (A) such date falls prior to the third
     anniversary of the Date of Grant and (B) such value is being
     determined following a termination of service other than an
     Involuntary Termination, then the Applicable Option Share
     Value shall not exceed the Option Price plus 7% of the
     Option Price compounded annually on each anniversary of the
     relevant date of exercise.

          "Applicable Option Value" as of any date of
     determination means the Fair Market Value less the Option
     Price; provided, however, that if (A) such date falls prior
     to the third anniversary of the Date of Grant and (B) such
     value is being determined following a termination of service
     other than an Involuntary Termination, then the Applicable
     Option Value shall be zero.

          "B Purchaser" means RCBA PURCHASER I, L.P.

          "Beneficial owner" or "beneficially own" has the
     meaning given such term in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act.

          "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" means the person(s)
     designated by a Director or his Permitted Transferee in
     writing to the Company to receive payments pursuant to this
     Agreement upon the death of a Director or his Permitted
     Transferee.  If no Beneficiary is so designated or if no
     Beneficiary is living at the time a payment is due pursuant
     to this Agreement, payments shall be made to the estate of
     the Director or Permitted Transferee.  The Director or
     Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, shall have the
     right to change the designated Beneficiaries from time to
     time by written instrument filed with the Board of Directors
     in accordance with such rules as may be specified by the
     Board of Directors.

          "Call Right" means the right of the Company,
     exercisable in accordance with Section 5(a) following
     termination of a Director's service, (i) to purchase, and to
     cause a Director or his Permitted Transferee to sell, Option
     Shares beneficially owned by such Director or his Permitted
     Transferee and (ii) to cause a Director to surrender for
     cancellation, in consideration of the payment provided for
     in Section 5(a), unexercised Vested Options granted to such
     Director pursuant to this Agreement.

          "Cause" means, (i) the willful and continued failure or
     refusal of the Director substantially to perform the
     material duties required of him as a member of the Board of
     Directors; (ii) any willful material violation by the
     Director of any federal or state law or regulation
     applicable to the business of the Company or any of its
     Affiliates, or the Director's conviction of a felony, or any
     willful perpetration by the Director of a common law fraud;
     or (iii) any other willful misconduct by the Director which
     is materially injurious to the financial condition or
     business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious
     to, the Company or any of its Affiliates.

          "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange
     Commission.

          "Encumbrance" means any lien, security interest,
     pledge, claim, option, right of first refusal, marital right
     or other encumbrance with respect to any share of Common
     Stock or any Option.

          "F Purchaser" means FREMONT PURCHASER II, INC.

          "Fair Market Value" means the value of a share of
     Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of
     Directors or, under the circumstances described in Section
     6, as determined in a written report to the Company by an
     independent appraisal or investment banking firm selected by
     the Board of Directors.  For purposes of the definition of
     "Fair Market Value", the value to be determined by the Board
     of Directors or such appraisal or investment banking firm
     shall be the price per share at which a share of Common
     Stock would trade on a national securities exchange, NASDAQ
     or a similar market, assuming full liquidity and the absence
     of any "takeover" or "change in control" premium.

          "IPO"     means a Public Offering that results in more
     than 20% of the outstanding Common Stock being traded on a
     national securities exchange, NASDAQ or a similar market.

          "Involuntary Termination" means a termination of the
     Director's service by reason of death, Permanent Disability,
     removal or failure to re-elect without Cause.

          "Involuntary Transfer" means a transfer of the
     Director's Option Shares by operation of law including,
     without limitation, as a result of (i) a sale or other
     disposition by a trustee or debtor in possession appointed
     or retained in a bankruptcy case, (ii) a sale at any
     creditors' or judicial sale or (iii) a transfer arising out
     of a divorce or separation proceeding.

          "Legended Certificate" means a certificate evidencing a
     number of shares of Common Stock issued under this Agreement
     and imprinted with a legend to indicate that (i) such shares
     are subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in
     this Agreement and (ii) if the offer and sale of such shares
     have not been registered under the 1933 Act, such shares may
     be sold only pursuant to a registration statement under the
     1933 Act or an exemption from registration under the 1933
     Act that the Company has determined is available for such
     sale.

          "Management Equity Plan" means the Company's Management
     Equity Plan.

          "NASDAQ" means the National Association of Securities
     Dealers' Automated Quotation System.

          "1933 Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
     thereunder.

          "1934 Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
     as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
     thereunder.

          "Option Price" means, with respect to any Option,
     $19.25.

          "Option Shares" means the shares of Common Stock
     acquired by the Director upon exercise of an Option.

          "outstanding", with respect to any share of Common
     Stock, means, as of any date of determination, all shares
     that have been issued on or prior to such date, other than
     shares repurchased or otherwise reacquired by the Company or
     any Affiliate thereof, on or prior to such date.

          "Permanent Disability" means that the Director is
     unable to perform substantially all his duties as a member
     of the Board of Directors by reason of illness or incapacity
     for a period of more than six consecutive months, or six
     months in the aggregate during any 12-month period,
     established by medical evidence reasonably satisfactory to
     the Company.

          "Permitted Transferee" means with respect to
     outstanding shares of Common Stock or Options held by the
     Director, (i) the trustee or trustees of a trust revocable
     solely by such Director, (ii) the Director's guardian or
     conservator, (iii) any Person to whom such shares or Options
     are transferred by will or the laws of descent and
     distribution, or (iv) any Person with respect to which the
     Board of Directors shall have adopted a resolution stating
     that the Board of Directors has no objection if a transfer
     of shares or Options is made to such Person.

          "Person" means an individual, a partnership, a joint
     venture, a corporation, an association, a trust, an estate
     or other entity or organization, including a government or
     any department or agency thereof, or any group deemed to be
     a "person" under Section 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act.

          "Prime Rate" means the rate which Bank of America
     announces from time to time at its principal office as its
     prime lending rate for domestic commercial loans, the Prime
     Rate to change when and as such prime lending rate changes.

          "Public Offering" means an underwritten public offering
     of equity securities of the Company pursuant to an effective
     registration statement under the 1933 Act.

          "Put Right" means the right of the Director,
     exercisable in accordance with Section 5(b) following
     termination of a Director's service, (i) to sell, and to
     cause a Director or his Permitted Transferee to sell, Option
     Shares beneficially owned by such Director or his Permitted
     Transferee and (ii) to surrender for cancellation, in
     consideration of the payment provided for in Section 5(b),
     unexercised Vested Options granted to such Director pursuant
     to this Agreement.

          "Sale by Fremont/RCBA" means a sale of Common Stock
     that is not a Public Offering by either F Purchaser or B
     Purchaser that results in F Purchaser and B Purchaser
     together holding less than sixty-nine percent of the shares
     of Common Stock initially held by F Purchaser and B
     Purchaser on the effective date of the transaction pursuant
     to which such Persons first acquired their equity interest
     in the Company, as such number may be adjusted to reflect
     stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends,
     acquisitions and the exercise of Options.

          "Sale of Assets" means a sale (in one transaction or a
     series of transactions) by the Company of all or
     substantially all its business or assets (or both) to a
     third party that is not an Affiliate of the Company.

          "Sale of Stock" means a sale (in one transaction or in
     a series of transactions) by the Company's stockholders of
     at least two-thirds of the outstanding Common Stock to a
     Third Party, including any merger with a Public Company
     following the consummation of which two-thirds or more of
     the voting securities of the surviving entity (which is a
     Public Company) in such merger are held by Third Parties.

          "Third Party" means, with respect to the Director, any
     Person, other than any Affiliate of (a) the Director, (b)
     the Company and its subsidiaries or (c) F Purchaser or B
     Purchaser.

          "Vested Options" means, as of any date, Options which
     by their terms are exercisable on such date.

          2.   Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and
conditions contained herein, the Company hereby grants to the
Director 25,000 Options.  Each such Option shall entitle the
Director to purchase, upon payment of the Option Price, one share
of Common Stock.  The shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the Options are from time to time referred to herein
as the "Option Shares".  The Options shall be exercisable as
hereinafter provided.

          3.   Terms and Conditions of Options.  The Options
evidenced hereby are subject to the following terms and
conditions:

          (a)  Vesting.  The Options shall vest and become
     exercisable in one-third installments on each of the first
     three anniversaries of the Date of Grant unless previously
     vested or forfeited in accordance with this Agreement.  All
     Options shall vest upon the Director's termination of
     service as a result of death or Permanent Disability.  All
     Options also shall vest upon a completion of a Sale of Stock
     or a Sale of Assets.  Fifty percent of each unvested
     installment of Options, if any, shall vest upon completion
     of an IPO or a Sale by Fremont/RCBA.

          (b)  Option Period.  The Options shall not be
     exercisable following the seventh anniversary of the Date of
     Grant.  The Options shall be subject to earlier termination
     as provided herein.  Upon termination of the Director's
     service with the Company for any reason, the Options, to the
     extent then vested, may be exercised, subject to Section
     3(g), at any time until the earlier of (A) 30 days (180 days
     upon a termination of service due to death or Permanent
     Disability) following the date of such termination of
     service (or, if a Vested Option may not be exercised on the
     date of such termination of service because the conditions
     to exercise set forth in Section 3(g) are not satisfied, 30
     days (180 days upon a termination of service due to death or
     Permanent Disability) following the date on which the
     Company notifies the Director that such conditions have been
     satisfied and that the Option may be exercised), and (B)
     exercise by the Company of its Call Right under Section
     5(a), but in no event after the expiration of the Option
     under the first sentence of this Section 3(b).  The Options
     shall be exercisable during the Director's lifetime only by
     the Director.  Upon termination of the Director's service
     with the Company for any reason, all Options which have not
     theretofore vested (and which do not vest by reason of
     Section 3(a) above) shall terminate and be canceled without
     any payment therefor.

          (c)  Notice of Exercise.  Subject to Sections 3(d) and
     3(g) hereof, the Director may exercise any or all of the
     Options (to the extent vested and not forfeited) by giving
     written notice to the Board of Directors.  The date of
     exercise of an Option shall be the later of (i) the date on
     which the Board of Directors receives such written notice or
     (ii) the date on which the conditions provided in Sections
     3(d) and 3(g) hereof are satisfied.

          (d)  Payment.  Prior to the issuance of a Legended
     Certificate pursuant to Section 3(h) hereof evidencing
     Option Shares, the Director shall have paid to the Company
     the Option Price of all Option Shares purchased pursuant to
     exercise of such Options in cash or, with the consent of the
     Board of Directors (which consent shall be granted in the
     sole discretion of the Board of Directors), in shares of
     Common Stock already owned by the Director or in any
     combination of cash or shares of Common Stock.

          (e)  Certain Restrictions.  Options granted hereunder
     shall not be transferable by the Director otherwise than to
     a Permitted Transferee.

          (f)  Stockholder Rights.  The Director shall have no
     rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common
     Stock issuable upon exercise of the Options until a
     certificate or certificates evidencing such shares shall
     have been issued to the Director, and no adjustment shall be
     made for dividends or distributions or other rights in
     respect of any share for which the record date is prior to
     the date upon which the Director shall become the holder of
     record thereof.

          (g)  Limitation on Exercise.  The Options shall not be
     exercisable unless the offer and sale of the shares of
     Common Stock subject thereto have been registered under the
     1933 Act and qualified under applicable state "blue sky"
     laws, or the Company has determined that an exemption from
     registration under the 1933 Act and from qualification under
     such state "blue sky" laws is available.  The Company may
     require, as a condition to exercise of an Option, that the
     Director make certain representations and warranties as to
     the Director's investment intent with respect to the Option
     Shares.

          (h)  Delivery of Certificate.  As soon as practicable
     following the exercise of any Options, a Legended
     Certificate evidencing the appropriate number of shares of
     Common Stock issued in connection with such exercise shall
     be issued in the name of the Director.

          (i)  Dividends and Distributions.  Any shares of Common
     Stock or other securities of the Company received by the
     Director as a result of a stock dividend or other
     distribution in respect of Option Shares shall be subject to
     the same restrictions as such Option Shares, and all
     references to Option Shares hereunder shall be deemed to
     include such shares of Common Stock or other securities.

          4.   Representations and Warranties.

          (a)  The Director has been advised that the Options and
Option Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and,
therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered or unless
an exemption from registration is available.  The Director is
acquiring the Options, and Option Shares for his own account, for
investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection
with, the distribution thereof, and the Director has no present
intention of selling, assigning, transferring, distributing or
otherwise disposing of, or causing the sale, assignment,
transfer, distribution or other disposition of, any thereof.  In
making the foregoing representation, the Director is aware that
he must bear the economic risk of an investment in the Options
and Option Shares for an indefinite period of time since, in the
view of the Commission, the statutory basis for exemption from
registration under the 1933 Act would not be present if such
representation meant merely that the Director's current intention
is to hold these securities only for the long-term capital gains
period of the Internal Revenue Code, or for a deferred sale, or
for any fixed period in the future.

          (b)  The Director has been given the opportunity to ask
questions of, and receive answers from, the Company concerning
the terms and conditions of the Options and Option Shares to be
transferred hereunder and other related matters.  The Director
represents and warrants that he has been furnished with and has
carefully read this Agreement, and that the Company has made
available to the Director or his agents all documents and
information requested by him or on his behalf in connection with
his investment in the Options and Option Shares and that he
understands and has evaluated the merits and risks of an
investment in the Options and Option Shares.  In evaluating the
suitability of an investment in such Options and Option Shares,
the Director has not relied upon any other representations or
other information (whether oral or written) made by or on behalf
of the Company other than as contemplated by the two preceding
sentences.

          (c)  The Director is aware of and familiar with the
restrictions imposed on the transfer of any Options and Option
Shares, including, without limitation, the restrictions contained
in this Agreement.

          (d)  The Director represents that this Agreement has
been duly executed and delivered by the Director and constitutes
a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Director, enforceable
against the Director in accordance with its terms.


          5.   Termination of Employment or Status; Involuntary
Transfers.

          (a)  Company Call Right.

          (i)  Exercise of Call Right.  Unless the Board of
     Directors in its sole discretion determines otherwise and so
     sets forth in the applicable agreement, if prior to the
     completion of an IPO the service of a Director with the
     Company terminates for any reason, or an Involuntary
     Transfer occurs, the Company shall have a Call Right,
     exercisable for a period of 60 days after the date of such
     termination or Involuntary Transfer, with respect to all of
     the Vested Options and Option Shares beneficially owned by
     such Director and his Permitted Transferees.  The Company
     may exercise such Call Right by giving written notice
     thereof to the Director or his Permitted Transferee, as the
     case may be, prior to the expiration of such 60-day period.
     The Company's Call Right shall become null and void
     subsequent to the completion of an IPO.

          (ii) Purchase Price.  With respect to any exercise of a
     Call Right under this Section 5(a), (A) the purchase price
     per Option Share to be paid by the Company at the closing
     provided for in Section 5(c) shall be the Applicable Option
     Share Value, determined as of the date of termination of the
     Director's service or Involuntary Transfer and (B) the
     consideration to be paid by the Company in respect of Vested
     Options surrendered for cancellation at the closing provided
     for in Section 5(c) shall be the Applicable Option Value
     determined as of the date of termination of the Director's
     service or Involuntary Transfer.  The Company will give
     notice of the purchase price to be paid per Option Share or
     Vested Option within a reasonable time from the date of
     determination of such price.

          (b)  Director Put Right.

          (i)  Exercise of Put Right.  Subject to Section
     5(b)(iii), if prior to the completion of an IPO the service
     of the Director with the Company terminates for any reason,
     the Director (or, in the case of the Director's death, his
     Beneficiary) shall have a Put Right, exercisable for a
     period of 60 days after the date of such termination, with
     respect to all of the Vested Options and Option Shares
     beneficially owned by the Director and his Permitted
     Transferees.  The Director may exercise such Put Right by
     giving written notice thereof to the Company prior to the
     expiration of such 60-day period.  The Director's Put Rights
     shall be null and void subsequent to the completion of an
     IPO.

          (ii) Purchase Price.  The Put Right purchase price per
     Option Share to be paid by the Company at the closing
     provided for in Section 5(c) shall be the Applicable Option
     Share Value, determined as of the date of termination of the
     Director's service.  The consideration to be paid by the
     Company in respect of Vested Options surrendered for
     cancellation at the closing provided for in Section 5(c)
     shall be Applicable Option Value, determined as of the date
     of termination of the Director's service.  The Company will
     give notice of the consideration to be paid per Option Share
     or Vested Option within a reasonable time from the date of
     determination of such amount.

          (iii)     Financial Capability.  Anything in this
     Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if, at any time,
     the Board of Directors shall determine, subject to the
     written opinion of the Appraiser (as hereinafter defined)
     referred to below, that the Company is not financially
     capable of making some or all of the aggregate payments to
     be made thereafter pursuant to the exercise of Put Rights
     (the "Put Right Payments") under this Agreement, similar
     agreements with other directors and the Management Equity
     Plan, the Company shall have the right to defer such Put
     Right Payments but only on the terms hereinafter provided in
     this Section 5(b)(iii).  In the event that the Board of
     Directors shall have made such determination with respect to
     the Company's financial capability, the Board of Directors
     shall, if so requested in writing by at least two directors
     or participants in the Management Equity Plan within 10
     business days of the date that notice of such determination
     has been given (the "Request Period"), promptly retain an
     appraisal or investment banking firm, to be selected by the
     Chief Executive Officer and reasonably satisfactory to the
     Board of Directors (the "Appraiser"), to render a written
     opinion as to whether the Company has the financial
     capability to make any of, or any portion of, such Put Right
     Payments at such time as it would otherwise be required to
     make such Put Right Payments.  If the Board of Directors'
     determination, or the Appraiser's written opinion, if so
     required, indicates that, at the time a Put Right Payment
     would otherwise be required to be made to the Director, the
     Company would not have the financial capability to make any
     of the Put Right Payments that would otherwise then be
     required to be made, or shall have the financial capability
     to make only a portion of such Put Right Payments, then
     payments with respect to such Put Right Payments shall be
     made on the following basis: As of the first day following a
     determination by the Appraiser of lack of financial
     capability in respect of which Put Right Payments are
     required to be made or, if no request for an Appraiser's
     appraisal is made, on the day following the last day of the
     Request Period (each such date being hereinafter called a
     "Payout Date"), all unpaid amounts payable with respect to
     Put Rights exercised prior to such a date, shall be
     aggregated (the "Aggregate Payable Amount"), and the amount
     payable to each director and participant in the Management
     Equity Plan shall be determined by multiplying the full
     amount owing to such director or participant as of such date
     by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount
     that the Company, as indicated by the Board of Directors'
     determination or the Appraiser's written opinion, shall then
     be financially capable of paying (which may be zero if, as
     indicated by the Board of Directors' determination or the
     Appraiser's written opinion, the Company is not financially
     capable of making any of the Put Right Payments then
     otherwise required to be made) and the denominator of which
     shall be the Aggregate Payable Amount.  Elections to
     exercise Put Rights (or portions thereof) not satisfied
     pursuant to such pro rata payment shall be deemed revoked,
     and the remaining awards (or portions thereof) with respect
     thereto shall thereafter be subject to the terms in effect
     as if a Put Right election had not been made, provided,
     however that Options will not be canceled pursuant to
     Section 3(b).  In acting pursuant to this Section 5, the
     Appraiser shall be entitled to the rights and immunities of
     an arbitrator.

          (c)  Election and Delivery Procedures.

          (i)  The closing of any exercise of any Call Right or
     Put Right pursuant to Section 5(a) or 5(b) shall take place
     at the offices of the Company, or such other place as may be
     mutually agreed, not less than 15 nor more than 30 days
     after the date such Call Right or Put Right is exercised.
     The exact date and time of closing shall be specified by the
     party exercising such Call Right or Put Right.

          (ii) At such closing (the "Closing"), the Director (or,
     following the Director's death, the Director's Beneficiary
     or Beneficiaries) shall deliver certificates for the shares
     of Common Stock to be sold to the Company duly endorsed, or
     accompanied by written instruments of transfer in form
     reasonably satisfactory to the Company duly executed, by
     such transferor, free and clear of any Encumbrances, and
     shall consent to the cancellation of the Vested Options to
     be surrendered, which Vested Options shall also be free and
     clear of any Encumbrances.  The Company shall pay the
     applicable purchase price for shares of Common Stock and
     consideration for surrendered Vested Options in cash;
     provided, however, that such payment may be deferred under
     the circumstances, and to the extent, provided for in
     Section 7.

          6.   Appraisal.  If, in connection with the
determination of the Fair Market Value used to calculate the
purchase price for shares of Common Stock and Vested Options upon
the exercise of any Call Right or Put Right under Section 5(a) or
5(b), the Director reasonably believes that the Board of
Directors' determination of Fair Market Value (if applicable) is
not reasonable, then such Director may challenge the Board of
Directors' determination of such Fair Market Value by giving
written notice to the Board of Directors no later than 15
business days after receipt of notice of the purchase price per
share which the Company intends to pay with respect to such
shares of Common Stock and Vested Options.  In such event, the
Company shall engage at its own expense an appraisal or
investment banking firm that is independent of the Company and
its Affiliates and is knowledgeable in the valuation of companies
engaged in a business similar to the business in which the
Company is engaged to determine the Fair Market Value of the
Common Stock for purposes of determining the purchase price;
provided, however, that if such a determination has been made by
such an appraisal or investment banking firm less than six months
prior to the date as of which the Fair Market Value of the Common
Stock is to be determined, the Company shall not be required to
engage any such firm and shall instead rely on such earlier
valuation; provided further, however, that the Company shall not
rely on such earlier valuation if it determines in good faith
that such earlier valuation no longer reflects Fair Market Value.
Any such appraisal or investment banking firm engaged by the
Company shall be selected by the Board of Directors and shall be
reasonably satisfactory to such Director.  Such independent
appraisal or investment banking firm's determination of Fair
Market Value shall be conclusive and binding on the parties.
Anything in this Section 6 to the contrary notwithstanding, if
such an independent appraisal or investment banking firm is
appointed, no payment shall be made in respect of the Director's
shares of Common Stock or Vested Options pending the
determination of Fair Market Value by such firm, and payment of
the purchase price shall instead be made no later than the tenth
business day following receipt by the Company of the report of
such firm establishing Fair Market Value.  If the Fair Market
Value so determined by the independent banking firm exceeds the
Fair Market Value as determined by the Board of Directors by more
than 10%, the costs of such firm shall be for the account of the
Company; in all other cases, the costs of such firm shall be
borne by the Director, and the Company shall have the right to
withhold such costs from any payment it makes in respect of its
repurchase of shares of Common Stock or Vested Options from the
Director.

          7.   Legal Limitations.  Anything in this Agreement to
the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that the limitations
or restrictions applicable to the Company or any subsidiary under
the laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation, the
restrictions or limitations contained in the Certificate of
Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or any subsidiary or any
other applicable law, rule or regulation or under the terms of
any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any
subsidiary prohibit the Company from making any payment required
under this Agreement with respect to a share of Common Stock or
Vested Option, then the Company shall not be obligated to make
such payment at such time, and shall have the right to defer such
payment until the Board of Directors reasonably determines that
such limitations and restrictions no longer restrict the Company
from making such deferred payment.  Any amounts the payment of
which is so deferred shall bear interest, compounded annually and
calculated at a rate equal to the Prime Rate, and shall be paid
(with interest) promptly after, and to the extent that, the Board
of Directors determines that the limitations and restrictions
referred to in the first sentence of this Section 7 no longer
restrict such payment.  Notwithstanding a deferral of payment in
accordance with this Section 7 for shares of Common Stock or
Vested Options in respect of which a Call Right or Put Right
shall have been exercised, the closing of any exercise of such
Call Right or Put Right shall take place as provided in Section
5(c) and the right of the Director and his Permitted Transferees
in respect of the shares of Common Stock and Vested Options
subject to such Call Right or Put Right (other than the right to
receive payment of amounts deferred in accordance with this
Section 7) shall terminate as of such closing.

          8.   Miscellaneous.

          (a)   No Rights to Additional Grants or Continued
Service.  The Director shall not have any claim or right to
receive additional grants of stock options or to be offered the
opportunity to purchase additional shares of Common Stock.
Neither this Agreement nor any action taken or omitted to be
taken hereunder shall be deemed to create or confer on the
Director any right to serve on the Company's Board of Directors,
to be retained in the service of the Company or to interfere with
or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate the
service of the Director at any time.

          (b)  No Restriction on Right of Company to Effect
Corporate Changes.  This Agreement shall not affect in any way
the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or
authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations,
reorganizations or other changes in the Company's capital
structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the
Company, or any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights
to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior
preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the
Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into
or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or
liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any
part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or
proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

          (c)   1934 Act.  Notwithstanding anything contained in
this Agreement to the contrary, if the consummation of any
transaction under this Agreement would result in the possible
imposition of liability to the Director pursuant to Section 16(b)
of the 1934 Act, the Board of Directors shall have the right, in
its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated, to defer such
transaction to the extent necessary to avoid such liability, but
in no event for a period in excess of 180 days.

          (d)  Restrictions on Transfer.  Options and Option
Shares shall not be transferrable except as specifically provided
in this Agreement.

          9.   Effect of Certain Corporate Changes and Changes in
Control.

          (a)  Dilution and Other Adjustments.  In the event of a
stock dividend or split, the Board of Directors shall make the
following adjustments as are necessary or advisable (the form of
which shall be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole
discretion) to provide the Director with a benefit equivalent to
that which he would have been entitled to had such event not
occurred: (i) adjust the number of Options granted to the
Director, (ii) adjust the Option Price, and (iii) make any other
adjustments, or take such action, as the Board of Directors, in
its discretion, deems appropriate.  Such adjustments shall be
conclusive and binding for all purposes.  In the event of a
change in the Common Stock which is limited to a change in the
designation thereof to "Capital Stock" or other similar
designation, or to a change in the par value thereof, or from par
value to no par value, without increase or decrease in the number
of  issued shares of Common Stock, the shares resulting from any
such change shall be deemed to be Common Stock within the meaning
of this Agreement.

          (b)  Effect of Reorganization.  In the event that (i)
the Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation,
(ii) all or substantially all the assets of the Company are
acquired by another corporation, person or entity, (iii) the
Company is reorganized, dissolved or liquidated (each such event
in (i), (ii) or (iii) being hereinafter referred to as a
"Reorganization Event") or (iv) the Board of Directors shall
propose that the Company enter into a Reorganization Event, then
the Board of Directors shall make upon consummation of such
Reorganization Event any or all of the adjustments described in
Section 9(a) as are necessary or advisable in the sole discretion
of the Board of Directors to provide the Director with a benefit
equivalent to that which he would have been entitled to had such
event not occurred.

          10.  Survival; Assignment,

          (a)   All agreements, representations and warranties
made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto
shall survive the issuance to the Director of the Options and any
Option Shares and, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore
or hereafter made by the Director or the Company or on the
Director's or the Company's behalf, shall continue in full force
and effect.  Without the prior written consent of the Company,
the Director may not assign any of his rights hereunder except as
permitted by this Agreement or by will or the laws of descent and
distribution.  Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties
hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include
the heirs and permitted successors and assigns of such party; and
all agreements herein by or on behalf of the Company, or by or on
behalf of the Director, shall bind and inure to the benefit of
the heirs and permitted successors and assigns of such parties
hereto.

          (b)   The Company shall have the right to assign any of
its rights and to delegate any of its duties under this Agreement
to any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that such assignment
shall not release the Company from any duty hereunder which
remains unfulfilled by such an assignee.

          11.  Notices.  All notices and other communications
provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by
hand or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Director, to his
attention at the mailing address set forth at the foot of this
Agreement (or to such other address as the Director shall have
specified to the Company in writing) and, if to the Company, to
the General Counsel of the Company.  All such notices shall be
conclusively deemed to be received and shall be effective, if
sent by hand delivery, upon receipt, or if sent by registered or
certified mail, on the fifth day after the day on which such
notice is mailed.

          12.  Waiver. The waiver by either party of compliance
with any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not
operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of
this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by such party of a
provision of this Agreement.

          13.  Entire Agreement; Governing Law.  This Agreement
and the other related agreements expressly referred to herein set
forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties
hereto and supersede all prior agreements and understandings
relating to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement may be
executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall
together constitute one and the same agreement.  The headings of
sections and subsections herein are included solely for
convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of any
of the provisions of this Agreement.  This Agreement shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the
State of Delaware.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this
Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer and the
Director has executed this Agreement, both as of the day and year
first above written.

                                   KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC.

                                   By: /s/ Dennis E. Noll
                                      ---------------------
                                      Name: Dennis E. Noll
                                     Title: Senior Vice President

                                   DIRECTOR

                                   /s/ Charles N. Martin
                                   ------------------------
                                   Name: Charles N. Martin
                                   Address:







          DIRECTOR EQUITY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated
as of May 12, 1998 (the "Date of Grant"), between KINETIC
CONCEPTS, INC., a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and the
other party signatory hereto (the "Director").

          WHEREAS, the Director was elected to the Board of
Directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") and the
Company desires to provide him a direct proprietary interest
in the Company's success in recognition of his contribution
to the Company; and

          WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to award to the
Director nonqualified stock options (the "Options") to
purchase shares of the Common Stock, no par value, of the
Company ("Common Stock"), and to provide him the current
opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock ("Director
Shares");

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants
and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

     1.   Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement,
the following terms have the following meanings:

     "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any
other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled
by or under common control with, such Person.  For purposes
of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative
meanings, the terms "controlling", "controlled by" or "under
common control with"), as used with respect to any Person,
shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of
voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

     "Applicable Director Share Value" as of any date of
determination means the Fair Market Value; provided,
however, that if (A) such date falls prior to the third
anniversary of the Date of Grant and (B) such value is being
determined following a termination of service other than an
Involuntary Termination, then the Applicable Director Share
Value shall not exceed $19.25 plus 7% compounded annually on
each anniversary of August 31, 1998.

     "Applicable Option Share Value" as of any date of
determination means the Fair Market Value; provided,
however, that if (A) such date falls prior to the third
anniversary of the Date of Grant and (B) such value is being
determined following a termination of service other than an
Involuntary Termination, then the Applicable Option Share
Value shall not exceed the Option Price plus 7% of the
Option Price compounded annually on each anniversary of the
relevant date of exercise.

     "Applicable Option Value" as of any date of
determination means the Fair Market Value less the Option
Price; provided, however, that if (A) such date falls prior
to the third anniversary of the Date of Grant and (B) such
value is being determined following a termination of service
other than an Involuntary Termination, then the Applicable
Option Value shall be zero.

     "B Purchaser" means RCBA PURCHASER I, L.P.

     "Beneficial owner" or "beneficially own" has the
meaning given such term in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act.

     "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" means the person(s)
designated by a Director or his Permitted Transferee in
writing to the Company to receive payments pursuant to this
Agreement upon the death of a Director or his Permitted
Transferee.  If no Beneficiary is so designated or if no
Beneficiary is living at the time a payment is due pursuant
to this Agreement, payments shall be made to the estate of
the Director or Permitted Transferee.  The Director or
Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, shall have the
right to change the designated Beneficiaries from time to
time by written instrument filed with the Board of Directors
in accordance with such rules as may be specified by the
Board of Directors.

     "Call Right" means the right of the Company,
exercisable in accordance with Section 5(a) following
termination of a Director's service, (i) to purchase, and to
cause a Director or his Permitted Transferee to sell,
Directors Shares and Option Shares beneficially owned by
such Director or his Permitted Transferee and (ii) to cause
a Director to surrender for cancellation, in consideration
of the payment provided for in Section 5(a), unexercised
Vested Options granted to such Director pursuant to this
Agreement.

     "Cause" means, (i) the willful and continued failure or
refusal of the Director substantially to perform the
material duties required of him as a member of the Board of
Directors; (ii) any willful material violation by the
Director of any federal or state law or regulation
applicable to the business of the Company or any of its
Affiliates, or the Director's conviction of a felony, or any
willful perpetration by the Director of a common law fraud;
or (iii) any other willful misconduct by the Director which
is materially injurious to the financial condition or
business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious
to, the Company or any of its Affiliates.

     "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

     "Encumbrance" means any lien, security interest,
pledge, claim, option, right of first refusal, marital right
or other encumbrance with respect to any share of Common
Stock or any Option.

     "F Purchaser" means FREMONT PURCHASER II, INC.

     "Fair Market Value" means the value of a share of
Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors or, under the circumstances described in
Section 6, as determined in a written report to the Company
by an independent appraisal or investment banking firm
selected by the Board of Directors.  For purposes of the
definition of "Fair Market Value", the value to be
determined by the Board of Directors or such appraisal or
investment banking firm shall be the price per share at
which a share of Common Stock would trade on a national
securities exchange, NASDAQ or a similar market, assuming
full liquidity and the absence of any "takeover" or "change
in control" premium.

     "IPO"     means a Public Offering that results in more
than 20% of the outstanding Common Stock being traded on a
national securities exchange, NASDAQ or a similar market.

     "Involuntary Termination" means a termination of the
Director's service by reason of death, Permanent Disability,
removal or failure to re-elect without Cause.

     "Involuntary Transfer" means a transfer of the
Director's Director Shares or Option Shares by operation of
law including, without limitation, as a result of (i) a sale
or other disposition by a trustee or debtor in possession
appointed or retained in a bankruptcy case, (ii) a sale at
any creditors' or judicial sale or (iii) a transfer arising
out of a divorce or separation proceeding.

     "Legended Certificate" means a certificate evidencing a
number of shares of Common Stock issued under this Agreement
and imprinted with a legend to indicate that (i) such shares
are subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in
this Agreement and (ii) if the offer and sale of such shares
have not been registered under the 1933 Act, such shares may
be sold only pursuant to a registration statement under the
1933 Act or an exemption from registration under the 1933
Act that the Company has determined is available for such
sale.

     "Management Equity Plan" means the Company's Management
Equity Plan.

     "NASDAQ" means the National Association of Securities
Dealers' Automated Quotation System.

     "1933 Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder.

     "1934 Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder.

     "Option Price" means, with respect to any Option,
$19.25.

     "Option Shares" means the shares of Common Stock
acquired by the Director upon exercise of an Option.

     "outstanding", with respect to any share of Common
Stock, means, as of any date of determination, all shares
that have been issued on or prior to such date, other than
shares repurchased or otherwise reacquired by the Company or
any Affiliate thereof, on or prior to such date.

     "Permanent Disability" means that the Director is
unable to perform substantially all his duties as a member
of the Board of Directors by reason of illness or incapacity
for a period of more than six consecutive months, or six
months in the aggregate during any 12-month period,
established by medical evidence reasonably satisfactory to
the Company.

     "Permitted Transferee" means with respect to
outstanding shares of Common Stock or Options held by the
Director, (i) the trustee or trustees of a trust revocable
solely by such Director, (ii) the Director's guardian or
conservator, (iii) any Person to whom such shares or Options
are transferred by will or the laws of descent and
distribution, or (iv) any Person with respect to which the
Board of Directors shall have adopted a resolution stating
that the Board of Directors has no objection if a transfer
of shares or Options is made to such Person.

     "Person" means an individual, a partnership, a joint
venture, a corporation, an association, a trust, an estate
or other entity or organization, including a government or
any department or agency thereof, or any group deemed to be
a "person" under Section 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act.

     "Prime Rate" means the rate which Bank of America
announces from time to time at its principal office as its
prime lending rate for domestic commercial loans, the Prime
Rate to change when and as such prime lending rate changes.

     "Public Offering" means an underwritten public offering
of equity securities of the Company pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the 1933 Act.

     "Put Right" means the right of the Director,
exercisable in accordance with Section 5(b) following
termination of a Director's service, (i) to sell, and to
cause a Director or his Permitted Transferee to sell,
Directors Shares and Option Shares beneficially owned by
such Director or his Permitted Transferee and (ii) to
surrender for cancellation, in consideration of the payment
provided for in Section 5(b), unexercised Vested Options
granted to such Director pursuant to this Agreement.

     "Sale by Fremont/RCBA" means a sale of Common Stock
that is not a Public Offering by either F Purchaser or B
Purchaser that results in F Purchaser and B Purchaser
together holding less than sixty-nine percent of the shares
of Common Stock initially held by F Purchaser and B
Purchaser on the effective date of the transaction pursuant
to which such Persons first acquired their equity interest
in the Company, as such number may be adjusted to reflect
stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends,
acquisitions and the exercise of Options.

     "Sale of Assets" means a sale (in one transaction or a
series of transactions) by the Company of all or
substantially all its business or assets (or both) to a
third party that is not an Affiliate of the Company.

     "Sale of Stock" means a sale (in one transaction or in
a series of transactions) by the Company's stockholders of
at least two-thirds of the outstanding Common Stock to a
Third Party, including any merger with a Public Company
following the consummation of which two-thirds or more of
the voting securities of the surviving entity (which is a
Public Company) in such merger are held by Third Parties.

     "Third Party" means, with respect to the Director, any
Person, other than any Affiliate of (a) the Director,
(b) the Company and its subsidiaries or (c) F Purchaser or B
Purchaser.

     "Vested Options" means, as of any date, Options which
by their terms are exercisable on such date.

      2.   Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and
conditions contained herein, the Company hereby grants to
the Director 25,000 Options.  Each such Option shall entitle
the Director to purchase, upon payment of the Option Price,
one share of Common Stock.  The shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Options are from time to time
referred to herein as the "Option Shares".  The Options
shall be exercisable as hereinafter provided.

      3.   Terms and Conditions of Options.  The Options
evidenced hereby are subject to the following terms and
conditions:

     (a)  Vesting.  The Options shall vest and become
exercisable in one-third installments on each of the first
three anniversaries of the Date of Grant unless previously
vested or forfeited in accordance with this Agreement.  All
Options shall vest upon the Director's termination of
service as a result of death or Permanent Disability.  All
Options also shall vest upon a completion of a Sale of Stock
or a Sale of Assets.  Fifty percent of each unvested
installment of Options, if any, shall vest upon completion
of an IPO or a Sale by Fremont/RCBA.

     (b)  Option Period.  The Options shall not be
exercisable following the seventh anniversary of the Date of
Grant.  The Options shall be subject to earlier termination
as provided herein.  Upon termination of the Director's
service with the Company for any reason, the Options, to the
extent then vested, may be exercised, subject to Section
3(g), at any time until the earlier of (A) 30 days (180 days
upon a termination of service due to death or Permanent
Disability) following the date of such termination of
service (or, if a Vested Option may not be exercised on the
date of such termination of service because the conditions
to exercise set forth in Section 3(g) are not satisfied, 30
days (180 days upon a termination of service due to death or
Permanent Disability) following the date on which the
Company notifies the Director that such conditions have been
satisfied and that the Option may be exercised), and
(B) exercise by the Company of its Call Right under Section
5(a), but in no event after the expiration of the Option
under the first sentence of this Section 3(b).  The Options
shall be exercisable during the Director's lifetime only by
the Director.  Upon termination of the Director's service
with the Company for any reason, all Options which have not
theretofore vested (and which do not vest by reason of
Section 3(a) above) shall terminate and be canceled without
any payment therefor.

     (c)  Notice of Exercise.  Subject to Sections 3(d) and
3(g) hereof, the Director may exercise any or all of the
Options (to the extent vested and not forfeited) by giving
written notice to the Board of Directors.  The date of
exercise of an Option shall be the later of (i) the date on
which the Board of Directors receives such written notice or
(ii) the date on which the conditions provided in
Sections 3(d) and 3(g) hereof are satisfied.

     (d)  Payment.  Prior to the issuance of a Legended
Certificate pursuant to Section 3(h) hereof evidencing
Option Shares, the Director shall have paid to the Company
the Option Price of all Option Shares purchased pursuant to
exercise of such Options in cash or, with the consent of the
Board of Directors (which consent shall be granted in the
sole discretion of the Board of Directors), in shares of
Common Stock already owned by the Director or in any
combination of cash or shares of Common Stock.

     (e)  Certain Restrictions.  Options granted hereunder
shall not be transferable by the Director otherwise than to
a Permitted Transferee.

     (f)  Stockholder Rights.  The Director shall have no
rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of the Options until a
certificate or certificates evidencing such shares shall
have been issued to the Director, and no adjustment shall be
made for dividends or distributions or other rights in
respect of any share for which the record date is prior to
the date upon which the Director shall become the holder of
record thereof.

     (g)  Limitation on Exercise.  The Options shall not be
exercisable unless the offer and sale of the shares of
Common Stock subject thereto have been registered under the
1933 Act and qualified under applicable state "blue sky"
laws, or the Company has determined that an exemption from
registration under the 1933 Act and from qualification under
such state "blue sky" laws is available.  The Company may
require, as a condition to exercise of an Option, that the
Director make certain representations and warranties as to
the Director's investment intent with respect to the Option
Shares.

     (h)  Delivery of Certificate.  As soon as practicable
following the exercise of any Options, a Legended
Certificate evidencing the appropriate number of shares of
Common Stock issued in connection with such exercise shall
be issued in the name of the Director.

     (i)  Dividends and Distributions.  Any shares of Common
Stock or other securities of the Company received by the
Director as a result of a stock dividend or other
distribution in respect of Option Shares shall be subject to
the same restrictions as such Option Shares, and all
references to Option Shares hereunder shall be deemed to
include such shares of Common Stock or other securities.

     4.   Purchase and Terms of Director Shares.
 
     (a)  Subscription for Director Shares.  Pursuant to the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement, the Director hereby subscribes for and agrees to
purchase 15,600 Director Shares at a purchase price of
$19.25 per Director Share.

     (b)  Closing.  The closing of the sale of Director
Shares hereunder (the "Closing") shall occur on August 31,
1998 in the offices of the Company.  At the Closing, the
Company shall deliver to the Director Legended Certificates
in the name of the Director representing the Director Shares
against delivery by the Director of a check in the amount of
$300,300.

     (c)  Stockholder Rights.  The Director shall have all
rights of a stockholder as to the Director Shares, including
the right to receive dividends and the right to vote in
accordance with the Company's Certificate of Incorporation.

     (d)  Dividends and Distributions.  Any shares of Common
Stock or other securities of the Company received by the
Director as a result of a stock distribution to holders of
Common Stock or a stock dividend on Common Stock shall be
subject to the same restrictions as the Director Shares and
all references to Director Shares hereunder shall be deemed
to include such shares of Common Stock or other securities.

     (e)  Restrictions on Transfer.  Prior to an IPO, the
Director Shares shall be transferable only to a Permitted
Transferee or the Company.

     5.   Termination of Employment or Status;
Involuntary Transfers.

     (a)  Company Call Right.
 
     (i)  Exercise of Call Right.  Unless the Board of
Directors in its sole discretion determines otherwise and so
sets forth in the applicable agreement, if prior to the
completion of an IPO the service of a Director with the
Company terminates for any reason, or an Involuntary
Transfer occurs, the Company shall have a Call Right,
exercisable for a period of 60 days after the date of such
termination or Involuntary Transfer, with respect to all of
the Director Shares, Vested Options and Option Shares
beneficially owned by such Director and his Permitted
Transferees.  The Company may exercise such Call Right by
giving written notice thereof to the Director or his
Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, prior to the
expiration of such 60-day period.  The Company's Call Right
shall become null and void subsequent to the completion of
an IPO.

     (ii) Purchase Price.  With respect to any exercise of a
Call Right under this Section 5(a), (A) the purchase price
per Director Share to be paid by the Company at the closing
provided for in Section 5(c) shall be the Applicable
Director Share Value, determined as of the date of
termination of the Director's service or Involuntary
Transfer, (B) the purchase price per Option Share to be paid
by the Company at the closing provided for in Section 5(c)
shall be the Applicable Option Share Value, determined as of
the date of termination of the Director's service or
Involuntary Transfer and (C) the consideration to be paid by
the Company in respect of Vested Options surrendered for
cancellation at the closing provided for in Section 5(c)
shall be the Applicable Option Value determined as of the
date of termination of the Director's service or Involuntary
Transfer.  The Company will give notice of the purchase
price to be paid per Director Share, Option Share or Vested
Option within a reasonable time from the date of
determination of such price.

     (b)  Director Put Right.

     (i)  Exercise of Put Right.  Subject to Section
5(b)(iii), if prior to the completion of an IPO the service
of the Director with the Company terminates for any reason,
the Director (or, in the case of the Director's death, his
Beneficiary) shall have a Put Right, exercisable for a
period of 60 days after the date of such termination, with
respect to all of the Director Shares, Vested Options and
Option Shares beneficially owned by the Director and his
Permitted Transferees.  The Director may exercise such Put
Right by giving written notice thereof to the Company prior
to the expiration of such 60-day period.  The Director's Put
Rights shall be null and void subsequent to the completion
of an IPO.

     (ii) Purchase Price.  The Put Right purchase price per
Director Share to be paid by the Company at the closing
provided for in Section 5(c) shall be the Applicable
Director Share Value, determined as of the date of
termination of the Director's service.  The Put Right
purchase price per Option Share to be paid by the Company at
the closing provided for in Section 5(c) shall be the
Applicable Option Share Value, determined as of the date of
termination of the Director's service.  The consideration to
be paid by the Company in respect of Vested Options
surrendered for cancellation at the closing provided for in
Section 5(c) shall be Applicable Option Value, determined as
of the date of termination of the Director's service.  The
Company will give notice of the consideration to be paid per
Director Share, Option Share or Vested Option within a
reasonable time from the date of determination of such
amount.

     (iii)     Financial Capability.  Anything in this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if, at any time,
the Board of Directors shall determine, subject to the
written opinion of the Appraiser (as hereinafter defined)
referred to below, that the Company is not financially
capable of making some or all of the aggregate payments to
be made thereafter pursuant to the exercise of Put Rights
(the "Put Right Payments") under this Agreement, similar
agreements with other directors and the Management Equity
Plan, the Company shall have the right to defer such Put
Right Payments but only on the terms hereinafter provided in
this Section 5(b)(iii).  In the event that the Board of
Directors shall have made such determination with respect to
the Company's financial capability, the Board of Directors
shall, if so requested in writing by at least two directors
or participants in the Management Equity Plan within 10
business days of the date that notice of such determination
has been given (the "Request Period"), promptly retain an
appraisal or investment banking firm, to be selected by the
Chief Executive Officer and reasonably satisfactory to the
Board of Directors (the "Appraiser"), to render a written
opinion as to whether the Company has the financial
capability to make any of, or any portion of, such Put Right
Payments at such time as it would otherwise be required to
make such Put Right Payments.  If the Board of Directors'
determination, or the Appraiser's written opinion, if so
required, indicates that, at the time a Put Right Payment
would otherwise be required to be made to the Director, the
Company would not have the financial capability to make any
of the Put Right Payments that would otherwise then be
required to be made, or shall have the financial capability
to make only a portion of such Put Right Payments, then
payments with respect to such Put Right Payments shall be
made on the following basis: As of the first day following a
determination by the Appraiser of lack of financial
capability in respect of which Put Right Payments are
required to be made or, if no request for an Appraiser's
appraisal is made, on the day following the last day of the
Request Period (each such date being hereinafter called a
"Payout Date"), all unpaid amounts payable with respect to
Put Rights exercised prior to such a date, shall be
aggregated (the "Aggregate Payable Amount"), and the amount
payable to each director and participant in the Management
Equity Plan shall be determined by multiplying the full
amount owing to such director or participant as of such date
by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount
that the Company, as indicated by the Board of Directors'
determination or the Appraiser's written opinion, shall then
be financially capable of paying (which may be zero if, as
indicated by the Board of Directors' determination or the
Appraiser's written opinion, the Company is not financially
capable of making any of the Put Right Payments then
otherwise required to be made) and the denominator of which
shall be the Aggregate Payable Amount.  Elections to
exercise Put Rights (or portions thereof) not satisfied
pursuant to such pro rata payment shall be deemed revoked,
and the remaining awards (or portions thereof) with respect
thereto shall thereafter be subject to the terms in effect
as if a Put Right election had not been made, provided,
however that Options will not be canceled pursuant to
Section 3(b).  In acting pursuant to this Section 5, the
Appraiser shall be entitled to the rights and immunities of
an arbitrator.

     (c)  Election and Delivery Procedures.

     (i)  The closing of any exercise of any Call Right or
Put Right pursuant to Section 5(a) or 5(b) shall take place
at the offices of the Company, or such other place as may be
mutually agreed, not less than 15 nor more than 30 days
after the date such Call Right or Put Right is exercised.
The exact date and time of closing shall be specified by the
party exercising such Call Right or Put Right.

     (ii) At such closing (the "Closing"), the Director (or,
following the Director's death, the Director's Beneficiary
or Beneficiaries) shall deliver certificates for the shares
of Common Stock to be sold to the Company duly endorsed, or
accompanied by written instruments of transfer in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Company duly executed, by
such transferor, free and clear of any Encumbrances, and
shall consent to the cancellation of the Vested Options to
be surrendered, which Vested Options shall also be free and
clear of any Encumbrances.  The Company shall pay the
applicable purchase price for shares of Common Stock and
consideration for surrendered Vested Options in cash;
provided, however, that such payment may be deferred under
the circumstances, and to the extent, provided for in
Section 7.

       6.   Appraisal.  If, in connection with the
determination of the Fair Market Value used to calculate the
purchase price for shares of Common Stock and Vested Options
upon the exercise of any Call Right or Put Right under
Section 5(a) or 5(b), the Director reasonably believes that
the Board of Directors' determination of Fair Market Value
(if applicable) is not reasonable, then such Director may
challenge the Board of Directors' determination of such Fair
Market Value by giving written notice to the Board of
Directors no later than 15 business days after receipt of
notice of the purchase price per share which the Company
intends to pay with respect to such shares of Common Stock
and Vested Options.  In such event, the Company shall engage
at its own expense an appraisal or investment banking firm
that is independent of the Company and its Affiliates and is
knowledgeable in the valuation of companies engaged in a
business similar to the business in which the Company is
engaged to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common
Stock for purposes of determining the purchase price;
provided, however, that if such a determination has been
made by such an appraisal or investment banking firm less
than six months prior to the date as of which the Fair
Market Value of the Common Stock is to be determined, the
Company shall not be required to engage any such firm and
shall instead rely on such earlier valuation; provided
further, however, that the Company shall not rely on such
earlier valuation if it determines in good faith that such
earlier valuation no longer reflects Fair Market Value.  Any
such appraisal or investment banking firm engaged by the
Company shall be selected by the Board of Directors and
shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Director.  Such
independent appraisal or investment banking firm's
determination of Fair Market Value shall be conclusive and
binding on the parties.  Anything in this Section 6 to the
contrary notwithstanding, if such an independent appraisal
or investment banking firm is appointed, no payment shall be
made in respect of the Director's shares of Common Stock or
Vested Options pending the determination of Fair Market
Value by such firm, and payment of the purchase price shall
instead be made no later than the tenth business day
following receipt by the Company of the report of such firm
establishing Fair Market Value.  If the Fair Market Value so
determined by the independent banking firm exceeds the Fair
Market Value as determined by the Board of Directors by more
than 10%, the costs of such firm shall be for the account of
the Company; in all other cases, the costs of such firm
shall be borne by the Director, and the Company shall have
the right to withhold such costs from any payment it makes
in respect of its repurchase of shares of Common Stock or
Vested Options from the Director.
 
       7.   Legal Limitations.  Anything in this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent
that the limitations or restrictions applicable to the
Company or any subsidiary under the laws of their respective
jurisdictions of incorporation, the restrictions or
limitations contained in the Certificate of Incorporation or
By-laws of the Company or any subsidiary or any other
applicable law, rule or regulation or under the terms of any
indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any
subsidiary prohibit the Company from making any payment
required under this Agreement with respect to a share of
Common Stock or Vested Option, then the Company shall not be
obligated to make such payment at such time, and shall have
the right to defer such payment until the Board of Directors
reasonably determines that such limitations and restrictions
no longer restrict the Company from making such deferred
payment.  Any amounts the payment of which is so deferred
shall bear interest, compounded annually and calculated at a
rate equal to the Prime Rate, and shall be paid (with
interest) promptly after, and to the extent that, the Board
of Directors determines that the limitations and
restrictions referred to in the first sentence of this
Section 7 no longer restrict such payment.  Notwithstanding
a deferral of payment in accordance with this Section 7 for
shares of Common Stock or Vested Options in respect of which
a Call Right or Put Right shall have been exercised, the
closing of any exercise of such Call Right or Put Right
shall take place as provided in Section 5(c) and the right
of the Director and his Permitted Transferees in respect of
the shares of Common Stock and Vested Options subject to
such Call Right or Put Right (other than the right to
receive payment of amounts deferred in accordance with this
Section 7) shall terminate as of such closing.

          8.   Representations and Warranties.

          (a)  The Director has been advised that the
Director Shares, Options and Option Shares have not been
registered under the 1933 Act and, therefore, cannot be
resold unless they are registered or unless an exemption
from registration is available.  The Director is acquiring
the Director Shares, Options, and Option Shares for his own
account, for investment and not with a view to, or for
resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and the
Director has no present intention of selling, assigning,
transferring, distributing or otherwise disposing of, or
causing the sale, assignment, transfer, distribution or
other disposition of, any thereof.  In making the foregoing
representation, the Director is aware that he must bear the
economic risk of an investment in the Director Shares,
Options and Option Shares for an indefinite period of time
since, in the view of the Commission, the statutory basis
for exemption from registration under the 1933 Act would not
be present if such representation meant merely that the
Director's current intention is to hold these securities
only for the long-term capital gains period of the Internal
Revenue Code, or for a deferred sale, or for any fixed
period in the future.

          (b)  The Director has been given the opportunity
to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Company
concerning the terms and conditions of the Director Shares,
Options and Option Shares to be transferred hereunder and
other related matters.  The Director represents and warrants
that he has been furnished with and has carefully read this
Agreement, and that the Company has made available to the
Director or his agents all documents and information
requested by him or on his behalf in connection with his
investment in the Director Shares, Options and Option Shares
and that he understands and has evaluated the merits and
risks of an investment in the Director Shares, Options and
Option Shares.  In evaluating the suitability of an
investment in such Director Shares, Options and Option
Shares, the Director has not relied upon any other
representations or other information (whether oral or
written) made by or on behalf of the Company other than as
contemplated by the two preceding sentences.

          (c)  The Director is aware of and familiar with
the restrictions imposed on the transfer of any Director
Shares, Options and Option Shares, including, without
limitation, the restrictions contained in this Agreement.

          (d)  The Director represents that this Agreement
has been duly executed and delivered by the Director and
constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the
Director, enforceable against the Director in accordance
with its terms.

          9.   Miscellaneous.

          (a)   No Rights to Additional Grants or Continued
Service.  The Director shall not have any claim or right to
receive additional grants of stock options or to be offered
the opportunity to purchase additional shares of Common
Stock.  Neither this Agreement nor any action taken or
omitted to be taken hereunder shall be deemed to create or
confer on the Director any right to serve on the Company's
Board of Directors, to be retained in the service of the
Company or to interfere with or limit in any way the right
of the Company to terminate the service of the Director at
any time.

          (b)  No Restriction on Right of Company to Effect
Corporate Changes.  This Agreement shall not affect in any
way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to
make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations,
reorganizations or other changes in the Company's capital
structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of
the Company, or any issue of stock or of options, warrants
or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures,
preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are
superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof
or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common
Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or
any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or
business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether
of a similar character or otherwise.

          (c)   1934 Act.  Notwithstanding anything
contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if the
consummation of any transaction under this Agreement would
result in the possible imposition of liability to the
Director pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, the
Board of Directors shall have the right, in its sole
discretion, but shall not be obligated, to defer such
transaction to the extent necessary to avoid such liability,
but in no event for a period in excess of 180 days.

          (d)  Restrictions on Transfer.  Director Shares,
Options and Option Shares shall not be transferrable except
as specifically provided in this Agreement.

          10.  Effect of Certain Corporate Changes and
Changes in Control.

          (a)  Dilution and Other Adjustments.  In the event
of a stock dividend or split, the Board of Directors shall
make the following adjustments as are necessary or advisable
(the form of which shall be determined by the Board of
Directors in its sole discretion) to provide the Director
with a benefit equivalent to that which he would have been
entitled to had such event not occurred: (i) adjust the
number of Options granted to the Director, (ii) adjust the
Option Price, and (iii) make any other adjustments, or take
such action, as the Board of Directors, in its discretion,
deems appropriate.  Such adjustments shall be conclusive and
binding for all purposes.  In the event of a change in the
Common Stock which is limited to a change in the designation
thereof to "Capital Stock" or other similar designation, or
to a change in the par value thereof, or from par value to
no par value, without increase or decrease in the number of
issued shares of Common Stock, the shares resulting from any
such change shall be deemed to be Common Stock within the
meaning of this Agreement.

          (b)  Effect of Reorganization.  In the event that
(i) the Company is merged or consolidated with another
corporation, (ii) all or substantially all the assets of the
Company are acquired by another corporation, person or
entity, (iii) the Company is reorganized, dissolved or
liquidated (each such event in (i), (ii) or (iii) being
hereinafter referred to as a "Reorganization Event") or (iv)
the Board of Directors shall propose that the Company enter
into a Reorganization Event, then the Board of Directors
shall make upon consummation of such Reorganization Event
any or all of the adjustments described in Section 10(a) as
are necessary or advisable in the sole discretion of the
Board of Directors to provide the Director with a benefit
equivalent to that which he would have been entitled to had
such event not occurred.

          11.  Survival; Assignment,

          (a)   All agreements, representations and
warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered
pursuant hereto shall survive the issuance to the Director
of the Director Shares, Options and any Option Shares and,
notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter
made by the Director or the Company or on the Director's or
the Company's behalf, shall continue in full force and
effect.  Without the prior written consent of the Company,
the Director may not assign any of his rights hereunder
except as permitted by this Agreement or by will or the laws
of descent and distribution.  Whenever in this Agreement any
of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall
be deemed to include the heirs and permitted successors and
assigns of such party; and all agreements herein by or on
behalf of the Company, or by or on behalf of the Director,
shall bind and inure to the benefit of the heirs and
permitted successors and assigns of such parties hereto.

          (b)   The Company shall have the right to assign
any of its rights and to delegate any of its duties under
this Agreement to any of its Affiliates; provided, however,
that such assignment shall not release the Company from any
duty hereunder which remains unfulfilled by such an
assignee.

          12.  Notices.  All notices and other
communications provided for herein shall be in writing and
shall be delivered by hand or sent by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed, if to the Director, to his attention at the
mailing address set forth at the foot of this Agreement (or
to such other address as the Director shall have specified
to the Company in writing) and, if to the Company, to the
General Counsel of the Company.  All such notices shall be
conclusively deemed to be received and shall be effective,
if sent by hand delivery, upon receipt, or if sent by
registered or certified mail, on the fifth day after the day
on which such notice is mailed.

          13.  Waiver. The waiver by either party of
compliance with any provision of this Agreement by the other
party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any
other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent
breach by such party of a provision of this Agreement.

          14.  Entire Agreement; Governing Law.  This
Agreement and the other related agreements expressly
referred to herein set forth the entire agreement and
understanding between the parties hereto and supersede all
prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject
matter hereof.  This Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts shall together
constitute one and the same agreement.  The headings of
sections and subsections herein are included solely for
convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of
any of the provisions of this Agreement.  This Agreement
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of Delaware.


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this
Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer and
the Director has executed this Agreement, both as of the day
and year first above written.

                                         KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC.

                                         By: /s/ Dennis E. Noll
                                            -------------------
                                            Name: Dennis E. Noll
                                            Title: Senior Vice President

                                         DIRECTOR
                                    
                                          /s/ Donald E. Steen
                                          ---------------------
                                          Name: Donald E. Steen
                                          Address:








June 4, 1998



Mr. William M. Brown
16 Deerfield Drive
Lawrenceville, NJ  08648

Dear Bill,

On behalf of KCI, it is a pleasure to confirm the employment
offer we discussed yesterday.  The specific terms and conditions
of your new position will be as follows:

       Position Title:         Chief Financial Officer
       Employment Status:      Regular Full-Time, Exempt
       Base Salary:            $215,000.00 per year
       Auto Allowance:         $500.00 per month
       Immediate Supervisor:   Raymond R. Hannigan
                                 President and Chief Executive
                                 Officer
       Office Location:        8023 Vantage Drive
                                 San Antonio, TX  78230
       Start Date:             July 1, 1998

In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to
participate in a Management Incentive Plan (MIP) with a calendar
year target bonus of 40% of your base annual salary, which equals
$43,000.00 when prorated for the remainder of 1998.  Per our
agreement, your prorata bonus will be guaranteed for 1998.
Future bonus payments will be determined on both individual and
Corporate performance and will be contingent upon you remaining
in a bonus eligible position through December 31, of each year.

You will be recommended to the Key Contributor Stock Option
Committee for a grant of 100,000 non-qualified stock options,
with an exercise price of $19.25 per option.  Options will vest
at the rate of 20% of the outstanding grant on each anniversary
of your employment date.  A copy of KCI's Management Equity Plan
is enclosed for your review.

To assist you with your pending relocation from Lawrenceville, NJ
to San Antonio, TX you will be eligible to participate in our
senior management Relocation Assistance Program; a copy of which
is enclosed.

This letter serves to establish the entirety of your employment
relationship with KCI and its subsidiaries, and supersedes any
previous understanding which may have been implied or expressed,
either verbally or in writing, by any representative of the
Company or its agents.  All employment offers are contingent upon
satisfactory completion of our pre-employment screening,
including INS requirements and substance abuse testing.
Employment relationships with KCI and its subsidiaries are at-
will and may be terminated by notification from either party at
any time, with or without cause.  You will be eligible for future
participation in our standard employment related benefit programs
such as vacations, education assistance, group health plan,
insurance benefits, etc., contingent upon your satisfaction of
the eligibility or enrollment requirements pertaining to those
programs.

Mr. William M. Brown
June 4, 1998
Page 2


By your signature affixed below, you acknowledge that you have
received a copy of the Company's arbitration procedures, have had
the opportunity to review them and agree to abide by the
procedures fully.  In addition, you understand and agree that the
Company is engaged in transactions involving interstate commerce
and that this employment offer evidences a transaction involving
commerce.

If you find the above terms and conditions of employment
acceptable, in order to activate your payroll status you must
complete the appropriate signature blank below, and return the
original to the Human Resources Department.  A copy is included
for your retention.

It is my sincere hope you will find your experience with KCI to
be personally and professionally rewarding.  I look forward to a
mutually prosperous working relationship.

Sincerely,

KCI                                UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:


/s/ Raymond R. Hannigan           /s/ William M. Brown
__________________________        _______________________________
Raymond R. Hannigan                William M. Brown         Date
President and Chief
Executive Officer



Enclosures



      
                                         For Purchases Direct
                                         From Supplier Not Subject
                                         to Competitive Bid Process



                          



                          



                    NOVATION, LLC



                 SUPPLIER AGREEMENT



                      Replaces:
                          
                          
                          
                          
          UHC Agreements (CE-219, CE-269 and MS-94443)
                               And
                      VHA Agreement (CE146)




















                           TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                        PAGE
1.
INTRODUCTION........................1
       a.    Purchasing Opportunities for
Members      1
       b.    Supplier                                      1
       c.    Contract Prices; Non-Price
Specifications; Special
Conditions    1

2.     BASIC TERMS                                         1
       a.    Purchase of Products                          1
       b.    Optional Purchasing Arrangement               1
       c.     Market Competitive Terms                     2
       d.    Changes in Contract Prices                    2
       e.    Notification of Changes in Pricing
Terms     2

3.             TERM AND
TERMINATION...................2
          a.    Term                                       2
          b.                         Termination by
Novation     3
          c.                         Termination by
Supplier     3
4.        PRODUCT SUPPLY........................3
          a.   Delivery and
Invoicing.....................3
          b.
Purchase Orders
3
          c.Product Fill Rates; Confirmation and
Delivery Times 3
          d.
Bundled Terms
3
          e.Discontinuation of Products; Changes in
Packaging
4
          f.                     Replacement or New
Products
4
          g.                                 Member
Services
4
          h.                                Product
Deletion
4
          i.                              Return of
Products
5
          j.                               Failure
to Supply
5

5.       PRODUCT QUALITY......................5
         a.    Free From
Defects......................5
         b.     Product
Compliance......................5
         c.                               Patent
Infringement 6
        d.
Product Condition 6
        e.                                 Recall
of Products 6
        f.
Shelf Life 6



6.      CENTURY COMPLIANCE.....................6
  a.       Definitions..........................6
        b.
Representations 7
        c.      Remedies
       7 d.
       Noncompliance Notice
8
       e.
Survival 8

7.           REPORTS AND ELECTRONIC DATA
INTERCHANGE.........8
       a. Report Content
       8 b. Report Format and Delivery
       8 c. Electronic Data Interchange
       9
       
8.          OBLIGATIONS OF
NOVATION...................9
       a.       Information to
       Members.....................9 b.
       Marketing Services......................9
       
9.    MARKETING FEES9
      a.
Calculation..........................9
      b.       Payment...........................9

10.       ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES
10

11.       NONPAYMENT OR INSOLVENCY OF A MEMBER
11

12.      INSURANCE                                         11
            a.     Policy Requirements                     11
            b.    Self-Insurance                           11
            c.    Amendments, Notices and

Endorsements            11

13.      COMPLIANCE WITH LAW                            ..11

14       HOLD HARMLESS                                    12

15.      BOOKS AND RECORDS; FACILITIES INSPECTIONS        12

16.      USE OF NAMES, ETC                                12

17.      CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION                         13
            a.    Nondisclosure                           13
            b.    Definition                              13

18.   MISCELLANEOUS......................... 13
       a.    Choice of Law
 ........................13
       b.     Not
Responsible.........................13
       c.     Third Party
Beneficiaries.................... 13
       d.    Notices.............................
14
       e.    No
Assignment......................... 14
       f.
Severability............................ 14
       g.    Entire
Agreement......................... 14

                          NOVATION, LLC

                       SUPPLIER AGREEMENT





1.   INTRODUCTION.





     a.     Purchasing  0pportunities  for  Members.
Novation,   LLC
("Novation")   is   engaged  in  providing  purchasing
opportunities with   respect   to   high   quality
products   and         services    to
participating   health  care  providers  ("Members").
Members   are
entitled   to   participate  in  Novation's  programs
through   their membership  or  other  participatory
status in any  of  the  following client    organizations:
VHA    Inc.,    University
HealthSystem
Consortium,   and   HealthCare  Purchasing   Partners
International,
LLC  (collectively,  "Clients").  A  current  listing  of
Members  is maintained  by  Novation  in  the  electronic
database  included   as part  of  the  electronic  data
interchange  described  in  Subsection 7.c   below
("Novation  Database").   A  provider  will   become   a
"Member"   for  purposes  of  this  Agreement  at  the
time  Novation adds  the  provider  to the Novation
Database and  will  cease  to  be a  "Member"  for  such
purposes  at the  time  Novation  deletes  the provider
from the Novation Database.


     b.     Supplier.    Supplier  is  the  manufacturer
of  products
listed  on  Exhibit  A  (the  provider of installation,
training  and maintenance  services  for such products,
and  the  provider  of  any other   services   listed   on
Exhibit  A   (such   products   and/or services are
collectively referred to herein as "Products").


     c.   Contract Prices; Non-Price Specifications;
Special Conditions.  A description of the Products  and
pricing therefor ("Contract Prices") is attached hereto as
Exhibit A, the other specifications are attached hereto as
Exhibit B ("Non-Price
Specifications"), and any Special Conditions are
attached hereto as Exhibit C ("Special Conditions").
2.        BASIC TERMS.
a.     Purchase of Products.   Novation and Supplier
                       hereby
agree that Supplier will make the Products available
for purchase by the Members at the Contract Prices
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
provided, however, that this Agreement will not
constitute a commitment by any person to purchase
any of the Products.

       b.       Optional   Purchasing  Arrangement.
Novation   and
Supplier   agree   that  each  Member  will   have   the   option   of
purchasing the Products  under  the terms of this
Agreement or
under  the  terms  of  any  other purchasing  or  pricing
arrangement that     may  exist  between  such  Member
and  Supplier  at    any  time
during  the  Term;  provided, however, that all  of
Supplier's  sales of  the  Products  to  Members, whether
under the  pricing  and  other terms   of     this
Agreement  or  otherwise,  will  be   reported   by
Supplier  to  Novation in accordance with Section  7
below       and  will
be  included  in  the  aggregate dollar volume of
purchases    used  in
calculating  the  Marketing  Fees payable to  Novation  in
accordance with  Section  9  below.   If  any Member uses
any  other  purchasing or         pricing     arrangement
with  Supplier  when ordering                 products
covered  by  any  contract  between Supplier  and
Novation,    Supplier
will   notify  such  Member  of  the  pricing  and  other
significant
terms of the applicable Novation contract.

     c.     Market  Competitive  Terms.    Supplier
agrees      that  the
prices,  quality,  value  and technology  of  all
Products     purchased
under  this  Agreement  will remain market competitive  at
all  times during   the           Term        Supplier
agrees  to  provide   prompt               written
notice  to  Novation  of  all offers for  the  sale  of
the  Products
made   by   Supplier  during  the  Term  on  terms   that   are  more
favorable   to   the  offeree  than  the  terms  of  this   Agreement.
Supplier  will  lower  the Contract Prices or  increase
any  discount
applicable   to  the  purchase  of  the  Products  as
necessary   to
assure  market  competitiveness.  If  at  any  time
during      the  Term
Novation   receives  information  from  any  source
suggesting  that
Supplier's  prices,  quality,  value  or  technology  are
not  market competitive,  Novation   may   provide written   notice
of  such
information   to  Supplier,  and  Supplier  will,  within   five   (5)
business  days  for  Novation's  private  label  Products
and  within ten  (10)  business  days  for  all other
Products,  advise    Novation
in  writing  of  and  fully  implement all  adjustments
necessary  to assure market competitiveness.

     d.      Changes   in   Contract   Prices.   Unless   otherwise
expressly  agreed  in  any  exhibit to this  Agreement,
the  Contract
Prices   will  not  be  increased  and  any  discount
will        not   be
eliminated   or  reduced  during  the  Term.   In
addition       to   any
changes   made   to  assure  market  competitiveness,
Supplier   may lower  the  Contract  Prices or increase
any  discount  applicable  to the purchase of the Products
at any time.

     e.     Notification  of  Changes  in  Pricing  Terms.  Supplier
will   provide  all   Members  with  not  less  than
forty-five  (45)
days'   prior  written  notice  and  Novation  with  not   less  than
sixty  (60)  days'  prior  written notice of  any  change
in  pricing terms  permitted  or  required by this
Agreement.   For  purposes  of the   foregoing
notification  requirements,  a  change   in     pricing
terms  will  mean  any  change that affects  the
delivered    price  to
the   Member,   including,  without  limitation,   changes   in  list
prices,   discounts  or  pricing  tiers  or  schedules.
Such   prior
written   notice  will  be  provided  in  such  format
and  in   such detail  as  may  be  required  by Novation
from  time  to  time,  and will  include,  at  a  minimum,
sufficient  information  to  determine line item pricing
of the Products for all affected Members.
3.   TERM AND TERMINATION.
     a.     Term.    This  Agreement  will  be  effective
as  of  the
effective   date   set   forth   in   Exhibit   D
attached      hereto
("Effective  Date"),  and,  unless sooner  terminated,
will   continue
in  full  force  and  effect for the initial term  set
forth  in  the Non-Price  Specifications  and for any
renewal  terms  set  forth  in the   Non-Price
Specifications  by  Novation's  delivery  of  written
notice  of  renewal  to Supplier not less than  ten  (10)
days  prior to   the end of  the  initial  term  or  any
renewal   term,    as
applicable.   The  initial  term, together  with  the
renewal  terms, if any, are collectively referred to
herein as the "Term."

       b.   Termination  by  Novation.   Novation may
terminate  this
Agreement  at  any  time  for  any  reason  whatsoever  by
delivering not  less  than  ninety  (90) days' prior
written  notice  thereof  to Supplier.           In
addition,  Novation  may  terminate  this       Agreement
immediately   by  delivering  written  notice  thereof
to         Supplier
upon the occurrence of either of the following events:

     (1)  Supplier breaches this Agreement; or

     (2)    Supplier  becomes  bankrupt  or  insolvent  or
makes      an
     unauthorized    assignment   or   goes   into
liquidation      or
     proceedings   are  initiated  for  the  purpose   of
     having   a receiving  order  or  winding  up order
     made  against  Supplier, or  Supplier  applies  to
     the courts  for  protection  from  its creditors.
     
     c.     Termination   by  Supplier.     Supplier   may   terminate
this   Agreement   at   any  time  for  any   reason
whatsoever  by
delivering  not  less  than  one  hundred  eighty  (180)
days'  prior written notice thereof to Novation.


4.   PRODUCT SUPPLY.

       a.   Delivery  and  Invoicing.   On  and  after
the  Effective
Date,  Supplier  agrees  to deliver Products ordered  by
the  Members to  the  Members,  FOB  destination, and
will  direct  it's   invoices
to   the   Members  in  accordance  with  this  Agreement.    Supplier
agrees  to  prepay  and  absorb  charges,  if  any,  for
transporting Products  to  the  Members.  Payment terms
are  2%-10,  Net  30  days. Supplier            will
make   whatever   arrangements   are            reasonably
necessary   with  the  Members  to  implement  the   terms   of   this
Agreement;   provided,  however,  Supplier   will   not
impose any
purchasing   commitment  on  any  Member  as  a
condition        to  the
Member's purchase of any Products pursuant to this
Agreement.

     b.     Purchase   Orders.   This  Agreement   will
govern all
orders  for  and  sales  of  the  Products  by  and  to
the    Members,
notwithstanding   any   pre-printed   terms   on
Supplier's   forms;
provided,  however,  the  terms of the usual purchase
orders  of  the Members  will  supersede  this Agreement
in  the  event  of   conflict
or inconsistency.

     c.     Product  Fill  Rates;  Confirmation  and
Delivery  Times.
Supplier   agrees  to  provide  product  fill  rates  to
Members     of
greater  than  ninety-five  percent (95%),  calculated  as
line  item orders. Supplier   will  provide  confirmation
of   orders   from
Members   via   the   electronic   data   interchange
described    in
Subsection   7.c   below   within  two  (2)   business
days   after
placement  of  the  order  and  will  deliver  the
Products  to  the
Members  within  ten  (10)  business  days  after
placement  of  the
order.

     d.     Bundled   Terms.       Supplier  agrees  to
give Novation
prior  written  notice  of  any offer Supplier  makes  to
any  Member
to   sell  products  that  are  not  covered  by  this
Agreement    in
conjunction   with   Products  covered  by   this
Agreement   under
circumstances  where  the  Member has no real  economic
choice  other
than to accept such bundled terms.

     e.   Discontinuation of Products; Changes in
Packaging.
          Supplier will have no
unilateral  right  to  discontinue any of  the  Products
or  to  make
any   changes   in  packaging  which  render  any  of
the Products
substantially    different   in   use,  function       or
distribution.
Supplier  may  request  Novation in writing to  agree  to
a  proposed
discontinuation   of   any   Products  or    a   proposed
change      in
packaging  for  any  Products  at least  ninety  (90)
days  prior  to
the   proposed  implementation  of  the  discontinuation
or   change.
Under   no   circumstances   will  any  Product
discontinuation    or
packaging   changes   be  permitted  under  this
Agreement   without
Novation's  agreement  to  the  discontinuation  or
change.   In  the
event   Supplier   implements      such   proposed
discontinuation    or
change   without   Novation's  agreement  thereto      in
writing,    in
addition   to   any  other  rights  and  remedies
Novation or  the
Members  may  have  by  reason  of  such  discontinuation
or  change,
(i)  Novation  will  have the right to terminate any  or
all  of  the
Product(s)   subject  to  such  discontinuation  or
change    or   to
terminate   this   Agreement   in  its  entirety
immediately upon
becoming   aware  of  the  discontinuation  or  change  or
any time
thereafter   by  delivering  written  notice  thereof
to   Supplier;
(ii)   the   Members   may  purchase  products
equivalent  to  the
discontinued  or  changed  Products from other  sources
and  Supplier
will  be  liable  to the Members for all reasonable  costs
in  excess of  the  Contract  Prices  plus  any  other
damages  which  they  may incur;  and  (iii)      Supplier
will  be  liable  to  Novation  and  the
Clients   for  any  loss  of  Marketing  Fees  resulting
from such
unacceptable   discontinuation  or  change  plus  any
other     damages
which they may incur.

     f.              Replacement  or  New  Products.
Supplier  will
have  no  unilateral  right  to replace any  of  the
Products  listed
in  Exhibit  A  with  other products or to add new
products  to  this
Agreement.   Supplier  may  request  Novation  in  writing
to   agree
to  a  replacement  of  any  of the Products  or  the
addition  of  a
new  product  that  is  closely related  by  function  or
use  to   an
existing  Product  at  least sixty (60) days  prior  to
the  proposed
implementation   of   the   replacement  or   to       the
new  product
introduction.     Under   no   circumstances      will
any  Product
replacement   or   new   product  addition  to
this     Agreement   be
permitted   without  Novation's  agreement  to  the
replacement   or
new product.

    g.   Member Services.  Supplier will consult with each
         Member to identify the
Member's    policies   relating   to   access   to
facilities   and
personnel.   Supplier  will  comply  with  such  policies
and will
establish   a   specific   timetable  for    sales
calls   by   sales
representatives  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  the  Member.
Supplier
will   promptly   respond   to  Members'   reasonable
requests  for
verification  of  purchase  history.   If  requested  by
Novation  or
any  Members,  Supplier  will  provide, at  Supplier's
cost,  on-site
inservice training to Members' personnel for pertinent
Products.

     h.     Product   Deletion.   Notwithstanding
anything   to   the
contrary  contained  in  this  Agreement,  Novation  may
delete   any
one  or  more  of  the Products from this Agreement at
any  time,  at
will   and  without  cause,  upon  not  less  than  sixty
(60)  days' prior written notice to Supplier.

     i.    Return  of  Products.    Any Member,  in
addition   to  and
not  in  limitation  of  any  other rights  and  remedies,
will  have the   right  to  return  Products  to  Supplier
under    any     of the
following  circumstances:  (1)  the  Product  is  ordered
or    shipped
in  error;  (2)  the  Product is no longer needed by  the
Member  due
to  deletion  from  its  standard supply  list  or
changes  in  usage patterns,  provided  the  Product  is
returned  at  least   six (6)
months   prior  to  its  expiration  date  and  is  in
a  re-saleable
condition;  (3)  the  Product is received  outdated  or
is  otherwise
unusable;  (4)  the  Product  is received  damaged,  or
is  defective
or   nonconforming;   (5)  the  Product  is  one   which
a        product
manufacturer  or  supplier  specifically  authorizes  for
return;  or (6)  the  Product  is  recalled.   Supplier
agrees  to  accept  the
return  of  Products  under  these circumstances  without
charge  and
for full credit.

      j.    Failure  to  Supply.  In the event of
Supplier's  failure
to  perform  in  accordance  with the terms  of  this
Agreement,  the
Member   may  purchase  products  equivalent  to  the
Products   from
other  sources  and  Supplier will be liable to  the
Member  for  all reasonable  costs  in  excess of the
Contract Prices  plus  any  other damages  which  they
may incur.  In such event,  Supplier  will  also
be  liable  to  Novation  and the Clients for any  loss
of  Marketing
Fees  resulting  from  such  failure  plus  any  other
damages  which
they  may  incur.   The  remedies set forth  in  this
Subsection  are
in   addition   to  any  other  rights  and  remedies
Novation,  the
Clients or the Members may have resulting from such
failure.


5.   PRODUCT QUALITY.

     a.     Free   From  Defects.    Supplier  warrants
the  Products
against   defects  in  material,  workmanship  and  design
for  the
warranty   period   set   forth   in  the   Non-Price
Specifications
("Warranty    Period").    Supplier   will    make     all
necessary
arrangements  to  assign  such  warranty  to  the
Members.   Supplier
further  represents  and  warrants  that  the  Products
will  conform
to   the   specifications,   drawings,  and   samples
furnished   by
Supplier  or  contained  in  the  Non-Price
Specifications  and  will be  safe  for  their
intended  use.  If any  Products        are  defective
and  a  claim  is  made by a Member on account of such
defect  during
the  Warranty  Period,  Supplier will, at the option  of
the   Member,
either   replace  the  defective  Products  or  credit
the      Member.
Supplier   will  bear  all  costs  of  returning  and
replacing  the
defective  Products,  as well as all risk of loss  or
damage     to  the
defective   Products  from  and  after  the  time   they
leave the
physical  possession  of  the  Member.  The  warranties
contained  in
this    Subsection    will    survive   any   inspection,
delivery,
acceptance  or  payment  by a Member.  In addition,  if
there  is  at
any   time  wide-spread  failure  of  the  Products  even
after the
Warranty   Period   has  ended,  the  Member  may  return
all   said
Products   for   credit   or  replacement,  at   its
option.    This
Subsection  and  the  obligations contained herein  will
survive  the
expiration   or   earlier   termination  of   this
Agreement. The
remedies  set  forth  in this Subsection are in addition
to  and  not
a   limitation  on  any  other  rights  or  remedies
that  may   be
available against Supplier.

b.    Product  Compliance.     Supplier  represents  and
warrants  to
Novation,  the  Clients  and the Members that  the
Products  are,     if
required,   registered,  and  will  not  be   distributed,
sold      or
priced  by  Supplier  in  violation of any  federal,
state  or  local
law.   Supplier  represents  and warrants  that  as  of
the      date    of
delivery  to  the  Members all Products will  not  be
adulterated   or
misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  the  Federal  Food,
Drug     and
Cosmetic  Act  and  will  not violate or  cause  a
violation  of  any
applicable  law,  ordinance,  rule,  regulation  or
order.     Supplier
agrees   it   will  comply  with  all  applicable  Good
Manufacturing
Practices  and  Standards  contained in  21  C.F.R.  Parts
21O,  211,
225,  226,  600,  606,  610,  640,  660,  680,  and  820.
Supplier's
representations,   warranties  and  agreements  in
this Subsection
will   survive   the  expiration  or  earlier  termination
of   this
Agreement.

     c.      Patent   Infringement.       Supplier
represents  and
warrants  that  sale  or  use of the Products will  not
infringe  any United  States  patent.  Supplier will, at
its  own  expense,  defend
every  suit  which  will  be  brought against  Novation
or  a  Member for  any  alleged  infringement of any
patent by reason  of  the  sale or  use  of  the  Products
and  will  pay  all   costs,  damages  and
profits  recoverable  in  any  such suit.   This
Subsection  and  the
obligations   contained  herein  will  survive   the
expiration    or
earlier  termination  of  this  Agreement.   The  remedies
set  forth
in  this  Subsection  are  in addition to  and  not  a
limitation  on
any   other   rights  or  remedies  that  may  be
available   against
Supplier.

     d.     Product  Condition.     Unless  otherwise
stated    in  the
Non-Price  Specifications  or  unless  agreed  upon  by  a
Member    in
connection  with  Products it may order, all  Products
will     be  new.
Products   which  are  demonstrators,  used,  obsolete,
seconds,   or
which   have  been  discontinued  are  unacceptable
unless  otherwise specified       in  the  Non-Price
Specifications  or  the  Member     accepts
delivery   after   receiving  notice   of   the
condition   of     the
Products.

     e.     Recall   of   Products.    Supplier  will
reimburse  the
Members   for   any  cost  associated  with  any  Product
corrective
action,  withdrawal  or  recall  requested  by  Supplier
or       required
by  any  governmental  entity.  In the event a  product
recall  or  a court   action   impacting  supply  occurs,
Supplier will     notify
Novation  in  writing  within  twenty-four  (24)  hours
of  any  such
recall   or   action.   Supplier's  obligations  in  this
Subsection
will   survive   the  expiration  or  earlier  termination
of   this
Agreement.


     f.    Shelf  Life.    Sterile Products and  other
Products  with
a  limited  shelf  life  sold  under  this  Agreement
will  have  the
longest  possible  shelf  life  and  the  latest  possible
expiration
dates.   Unless  required  by  stability  considerations,
there  will
not   be   less  than  a  eighteen  (18)  month  interval
between    a
Product's  date  of  delivery  by  Supplier  to  the
Member    and  its
expiration date.

6.   CENTURY COMPLIANCE.

     a.        Definitions.   For purposes of this
Section, the
following terms have the respective meanings given below:

          (1)     "Systems"  means  any of the  Products,
systems   of
     distribution  for  Products  and  Product
manufacturing    systems
     that  consist  of  or  include  any computer
software,  computer
     firmware,   computer   hardware  (whether  general
or        special
     purpose),  documentation,  data, and  other  similar
or       related
     items   of   the   automated,   computerized,
and/or   software
     systems   that   are   provided  by  or   through
Supplier   or
     utilized  to  manufacture  or distribute  the
     Products  provided by  or  through  Supplier
     pursuant to  this  Agreement,  or  any component
     part  thereof,  and  any  services  provided    by
     or
     through Supplier in connection therewith.

           (2)     "Calendar-Related"  refers  to  date
values  based
     on  the  "Gregorian  calendar" (as defined  in  the
     Encyclopedia Britannica,  15th  edition,  1982, page
     602)  and  to  all  uses in   any  manner   of  those
     date  values,  including   without
     limitation      manipulations,     calculations,
conversions,
     comparisons, and presentations.

          (3)      "Century  Noncompliance"  means  any
aspects   of
     the  Systems  that  fail  to satisfy the requirements
     set  forth in Subsection 6.b below.
     
     
     b.        Representations.   Supplier warrants,
represents
and agrees that the Systems
satisfy the following requirements:

          (1)  In connection with the use and processing
     of Calendar-Related data, the Systems will not
     malfunction,
     will not cease to function, will not generate
incorrect
     data, and will not produce incorrect results.

          (2)    In   connection   with   providing
Calendar-Related
     data   to   and  accepting  Calendar-Related  data
     from   other automated,  computerized,  and/or
     software  systems  and   users via   user     interfaces,
     electronic   interfaces,   and   data
     storage,  the  Systems  represent  dates  without
     ambiguity   as to century.
     
          (3)   The  year  component  of  Calendar-Related
data  that
     is  provided  by  the  Systems to or  that  is
     accepted  by  the Systems  from  other  automated,
     computerized,  and/or  software systems         and
     user  interfaces,  electronic        interfaces,
     and
     data   storage  is  represented  in  a  four-digit
     CCYY  format, where  CC  represents  the  two  digits
     expressing  the  century and  YY  represents  the two
     digits expressing  the  year  within that century
     (e.g., 1996 or 2003).
     
          (4)    Supplier  has  verified  through  testing
that   the
     Systems    satisfy   the   requirements   of   this    Subsection
     including,   without  limitation,  testing   of
each   of   the
     following  specific  dates  and  the  transition  to   and   from
     each    such   date:   December3l,   1998;   January   1,   1999;
     September  9,  1999;  September  10,  1999;  December
     31,  1999; January   1,  2000;  February  28,  2000;
     February   29,   2000;
     March   1,   2000;   December  3  1,  2000;  January   1,   2001;
     December 31, 2004; and January 1, 2005.

     c.    Remedies.    In  the  event  of any  Century
Noncompliance
in  the  Systems  in  any respect, in addition to any
other  remedies that  may  be  available  to Novation or
the Members,  Supplier  will, at          no         cost
to  the  Members,  promptly  under  the  circumstances
(but,  in  all  cases,  within thirty (30) days  after
receipt  of  a written  request  from  any Member, unless
otherwise  agreed  by  the Member  in  writing)  eliminate
the Century  Noncompliance  from  the Systems.

     d.     Noncompliance  Notice.   In  the  event
Supplier  becomes
aware  of  (i.)  any  possible  or  actual  Century
Noncompliance  in the  Systems  or  (ii)  any
international, governmental,  industrial,
or   other   standard   (proposed  or  adopted)  regarding
Calendar-
Related    data   and/or   processing,   or   Supplier
begins any
significant  effort  to  conform the Systems  to  any
such  standard, Supplier   will  promptly  provide  the
Members  with  all   relevant information  in  writing
and will timely  provide  the  Members  with updates  to
such  information.  Supplier will  respond  promptly  and
fully  to  inquiries  by the Members, and timely  provide
updates  to any  responses  provided  to the Members, with
respect  to  (i.)  any possible  or  actual  Century
Noncompliance in  the  Systems  or  (ii) any
international,  governmental,  industrial,  or  other
standards. In  the  foregoing,  the  use of "timely"
means  promptly  after  the relevant  information  becomes
known to or  is  developed  by  or  for Supplier.

     e.   Survival.    Supplier's representations,
warranties
and agreements in this Section will continue in effect
throughout the Term and will survive the expiration or
earlier termination of this Agreement.


7.   REPORTS AND ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE.

     a.    Report  Content.   Within twenty (20) days
after  the  end
of   each   full  and  partial  month  during  the  Term
("Reporting
Month"),  Supplier  will  submit to Novation  a  report
in  the  form of  a  diskette  containing  the following
information  in  form  and content reasonably satisfactory
to Novation:


          (1)      the name of Supplier, the Reporting
Month and
 year and the Agreement number (as provided to Supplier by
     Novation);


    (2)  with respect to each Member (described by LIC
          number (as provided to
     Supplier    by    Novation),   health   industry
number (if
     applicable),  full  name,  street  address,  city,
state, zip
     code  and,  if  applicable,  tier  and  committed
status),  the
     number  of  units  sold  and the amount of  net
     sales  for  each Product  on  a  line item basis, and
     the sum  of  net  sales  and the  associated
     Marketing  Fees for all  Products  purchased  by such
     Member  directly  or indirectly from  Supplier
     during  the Reporting  Month,  whether  under the
     pricing  and  other  terms of
     this Agreement   or  under  the   terms   of   any
     other
     purchasing  or  pricing  arrangements  that  may
     exist   between the Member and Supplier.
     
          (3)       the sum of the net sales and the
associated
Marketing Fees for all
 Products sold to all Members during the Reporting Month;
and

          (4)      such additional information as Novation
may
reasonably request from
     time to time.

     b.     Report Format and Delivery.   The reports
required by
       this Section will be
submitted electronically in Excel Version 7 or Access
Version 7 and in accordance with other specifications
established by Novation from time to time and will be
delivered to:

          Novation
          Attn: SRIS Operations
          220 East Las Colinas Boulevard
          Irving, TX 75039
     c.     Electronic   Data   Interchange.  In  addition
to        the
reporting   requirements  set  forth  in  Subsections  7.a
and       7.b
above,   the  parties  agree  to  facilitate  the
administration   of
this     Agreement     by    transmitting    and
receiving  data
electronically.   The  parties  agree  to  all
terms  and  conditions
set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto.

8.   OBLIGATIONS OF NOVATION.

     a.    Information  to  Members.   After  the
execution  of  this
Agreement,   Novation,   in  conjunction  with
the  Clients,  will
deliver  a  summary  of the purchasing arrangements
covered  by  this
Agreement  to  each  Member  and will,  from  time  to
time,  at  the request of  Supplier,  deliver  to  each
Member   reasonable    and
appropriate  amounts  and  types  of materials
supplied  by  Supplier
to Novation which relate to the purchase of the Products.

     b.     Marketing   Services.    Novation,         in
conjunction with
the  Clients,  will  market  the purchasing  arrangements
covered    by
this  Agreement  to  the  Members.   Such  promotional
services   may
include,   as  appropriate,  the  use  of  direct  mail,
contact     by
Novation's  field  service  delivery team,  member
support  services,
and   regional   and   national   meetings   and
conferences.    As
appropriate,   Novation,  in  conjunction  with  the
Clients,  will
involve   Supplier  in  these  promotional  activities
by        inviting
Supplier   to   participate   in   meetings   and
other   reasonable
networking activities with Members.

9.   MARKETING FEES.

               a.         Calculation.     Supplier   will
pay        to
Novation,  as  the  authorized  collection  agent  for
the       Clients,
marketing  fees  ("Marketing Fees") belonging     to  the
Clients  equal
to  the  Agreed  Percentage  of the aggregate     gross
charges  of  all
net  sales  of  the  Products to the Members  directly  or
indirectly
from  Supplier,  whether under the pricing and
other  terms  of  this
Agreement  or  under  the  terms of any other
purchasing  or  pricing
arrangements  that  may  exist  between  the  Members  and
Supplier.
Such  gross  charges  will  be determined without  any
deduction  for
uncollected  accounts  or  for  costs  incurred  in  the
manufacture,
provision,   sale   or   distribution  of  the
Products,   and will
include,   but   not  be  limited  to,  charges  for  the
sales       of
products,    the    provision    of   installation,
training   and
maintenance  services,  and  the  provision  of  any
other      services
listed  on  Exhibit  A. The "Agreed Percentage"  will  be
defined    in
the Non-Price Specifications.

     b.     Payment.   On  or  about  the  Effective
Date,      Novation
will   advise  Supplier  in  writing  of  the     amount
determined   by
Novation   to   be   Supplier's  monthly  estimated
Marketing   Fees.
Thereafter,  Supplier's  monthly  estimated  Marketing
Fees  may   be
adjusted   from  time  to  time  upon  written
notice  from  Novation
based  on  actual  purchase  data.  No later  than  the
tenth  (10th) day   of  each  month,  Supplier  will
remit      the  monthly  estimated
Marketing  Fees  for  such month to Novation.     Such
payment  will   be
adjusted   to   reflect   the  reconciliation
between   the   actual
Marketing  Fees  payable  for  the immediately
preceding  month  with
the  estimated  Marketing  Fees actually paid     during
such  preceding
month.   Supplier  will  pay  all  estimated  and
adjusted  Marketing Fees  by  check        made payable to
"Novation, LLC."  All  checks  should
reference  the  Agreement  number.  Supplier  will
include  with  its
check   the   reconciliation   calculation   used      by
Supplier    to
determine   the  payment  adjustment,  with  separate
amounts   shown
for  each  Client's  component thereof  Checks  sent  by
first  class mail will be mailed to the following address:
          Novation
          75 Remittance Dr., Suite 1420
          Chicago, IL 60675-1420


Checks sent by courier (Federal Express, United Parcel
Service
or messenger) will be addressed as follows:



          The Northern Trust Company
          801 S. Canal St.
          4th Floor Receipt & Dispatch
          Chicago, IL 60607
          Attn:     Novation, Suite 1420


10.   ADMINISTRATIVE  PENALTIES.   In  the  event
Supplier  fails  to pay  the  Marketing  Fees  in
accordance  with  the  requirements  of Section  9  above,
Novation may invoice Supplier  for  the  Marketing Fees
estimated  by  Novation  to be  due,  payable  within  ten
(10) days   of   the  date  of  such  invoice. Invoice  by
Novation  or
payment   by  Supplier  will  not  relieve  Supplier  of
its  payment
obligations  under  Section  9.  In addition,  upon  the
occasion  of the  first  failure  to  receive Marketing
Fees,  to  receive  reports described  in  Section  7
above, or to receive  notice  of  change  in pricing
terms  described  in  Subsection        2.e  above,  in
each  case
within  the  time  and  manner required by  this
Agreement,  Supplier will   receive   a written  warning.
Upon  the  second   and   any
subsequent  failure  to  provide  such  Marketing  Fees,
reports   or
notices,   Supplier   will   pay   an   administrative
penalty   in
accordance with the following schedule:



          2nd failure:                  $     500.00
          3rd failure:                  $  1,000.00
          4th failure:                  $  2,500.00
          5th failure:                  $  5,000.00
          6th & each subsequent failure:
$10,000.00
Novation's   assessment  of  administrative  penalties  in
accordance
with  this  Section  will  be in addition  to  any  other
rights  and remedies   Novation             or   the
Clients  may have   by   reason         of
Supplier's   failure  to  pay  the  Marketing  Fees  or
provide   the
reports  or  notices  within  the time and  manner
required  by  this Agreement.

11.   NONPAYMENT  OR  INSOLVENCY OF A MEMBER.  If a
Member  fails  to pay  Supplier  for  Products,  or if  a
Member  becomes  bankrupt  or insolvent  or  makes  an
assignment for the benefit  of  creditors  or goes  into
liquidation,  or  if proceedings  are  initiated  for  the
purpose  of  having  a  receiving  order  or  winding  up
order  made against  a  Member,  or  if  a  Member
applies  to  the  courts   for protection      from  its
creditors,  then,  in  any  such  case,   this
Agreement  will  not  terminate, but Supplier  will  have
the  right, upon   prior   written  notice  to  Novation
and   the Member,    to
discontinue selling Products to that Member.


12.  INSURANCE.

     a.    Policy  Requirements.   Supplier  will
maintain  and  keep
in   force   during  the  Term  product  liability,
general   public
liability   and  property  damage  insurance  against  any   insurable
claim  or  claims  which  might  or  could  arise
regarding  Products purchased  by  the  Members  from
Supplier.  Such  insurance    will
contain  a  minimum  combined single limit  of  liability
for  bodily injury   and  property  damage  in  the
amounts  of  not  less        than
$2,000,000  per  occurrence and $10,000,000  in  the
aggregate;  will name  Novation,  the  Clients  and the
Members,  as  their  interests may              appear,
as   additional  insureds,   and                will
contain   an
endorsement  providing  that  the carrier  will  provide
directly  to all     named   insured   copies  of  all
notices    and   endorsements.
Supplier   will  provide  to  Novation,  within  fifteen
(15) days
after   Novation's   request,  an  insurance  certificate
indicating
the  foregoing  coverage,  issued by  an  insurance
company  licensed to do   business  in  the  relevant
states  and signed   by   an
authorized agent.

     b.      Self-Insurance.     Notwithstanding
anything   to   the
contrary  in  Subsection 12.a above, Supplier  may
maintain  a  selfinsurance  program  for  all or any part
of  the  foregoing  liability risks,            provided
such  self-insurance  policy   in   all          material
respects   complies   with   the  requirements
applicable  to   the
product  liability,  general  public  liability  and
property  damage insurance  set  forth  in  Subsection
12.a.  Supplier  will   provide Novation,  within  fifteen
(15) days after  Novation's  request:  (1) the  self-
insurance  policy;  (2) the name  of  the  company
managing the         self-insurance  program  and
providing  reinsurance,  if   any;
(3) the most recent annual reports
on  claims  and  reserves for the program; and  (4)  the
most  recent annual actuarial report on such program.

     c.     Amendments,  Notices  and  Endorsements.
Supplier  will
not  amend,  in  any material respect that affects  the
interests  of Novation,        the   Clients   or   the
Members,   or    terminate    said
liability   insurance   or   self-insurance   program
except   after
thirty   (30)  days'  prior  written  notice  to  Novation
and  will
provide  to  Novation  copies  of  all  notices  and
endorsements  as soon as practicable after it receives or
gives them.

13.   COMPLIANCE  WITH  LAW.  Supplier represents  and
warrants  that
to   the  best  of  its  knowledge,  after  due  inquiry,
it  is   in
compliance  with  all  federal and state  statutes,  laws,
ordinances and       regulations  applicable  to  it
("Legal  Requirements")   which
are  material  to  the operation of its business and  the
conduct  of its      affairs, including  Legal
Requirements  pertaining       to   the
safety    of   the   Products,   occupational   health
and   safety,
environmental    protection,   nondiscrimination,
antitrust,  and
equal employment opportunity.  During the Term, Supplier will:   (1)
promptly notify Novation of any lawsuits, claims, administrative actions
or other proceedings asserted or commenced against it which assert in
whole or in part that Supplier is in noncompliance with any Legal
Requirement which is material to the operation of its business and the
conduct of its affairs and (2) promptly provide Novation with true and
correct copies of all written notices of adverse findings from the U.S.
Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") and all written results of FDA
inspections which pertain to the Products.



14.    HOLD   HARMLESS.   Supplier  will  indemnify,  hold   harmless,
and,  if  requested,  defend Novation, the Clients  and
the  Members, and             their   respective
officers,   directors,   regents,   agents,
affiliates    and   employees,   from   and   against
any    claims,
liabilities,   damages,   actions,  costs  and   expenses
(including
reasonable   attorneys'  fees  and  court  costs)  of  any   kind   or
nature,  whether  at  law  or in equity, arising  from  or
caused  by
(1)   the   breach  of  any  representation,  warranty,
covenant   or
agreement  of  Supplier  contained  in  this  Agreement,
or  (2)  the condition  of  any  Product at the time of
its delivery   to  a  Member
pursuant   to   this  Agreement,  including  a  defect  in
material,
workmanship   or   design,  whether  such  breach  or
condition  is
caused  by  the  negligence  of  any  person  seeking
indemnification
hereunder  or  otherwise;  provided that  such
indemnification,  hold harmless  and  right  to  defense
will not  be  applicable  where  the claim,  liability,
damage,    action, cost  or  expense  arises  solely
as  a  result  of  an act or failure to act of the person
seeking  to be indemnified,  held   harmless  or  defended
hereunder.    This
Section  and  the  obligations  contained  herein  will
survive   the
expiration   or   earlier   termination  of   this
Agreement. The
remedies  set  forth  in this Section are in addition  to
and  not  a limitation     on  any  other rights or
remedies that  may  be  available
against Supplier.

15.   BOOKS  AND  RECORDS;  FACILITIES INSPECTIONS.
Supplier  agrees
to   keep,  maintain  and  preserve  complete,  current
and  accurate
books,  records  and  accounts  of the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  and  such  additional
books,  records     and  accounts
as  are  necessary  to  establish  and  verify  Supplier's
compliance with  this    Agreement.     All  such books,
records  and  accounts  will
be    available    for    inspection    and    audit
by    Novation
representatives  at  any  time  during  the  Term  and
for  two  (2)
years  thereafter,  but  only  during reasonable  business
hours  and upon  reasonable  notice.     Novation agrees
that  its  routine  audits
will   not   be   conducted  more  frequently  than
twice     in  any
consecutive   twelve   (12)  month  period,  subject   to
Novation's
right   to  conduct  special  audits  whenever  it  deems
it  to     be
necessary.    In   addition,  Supplier  will  make  its
manufacturing
and  packaging  facilities  available  for  inspection
from  time  to time   during   the  Term  by  Novation
representatives,   but   only during   reasonable
business  hours  and  upon  reasonable   notice.
The  exercise  by  Novation  of the right  to  inspect
and  audit  is
without  prejudice  to  any  other or additional  rights
or  remedies
of either party.

16.   USE  OF  NAMES, ETC.  Supplier agrees that it will
not  use  in
any    way    in   its   promotional,   informational
or   marketing
activities   or   materials   (i.)  the  names,
trademarks,   logos,
symbols   or   a   description  of  the  business  or
activities  of
Novation  or  any  Client  or Member without in  each
instance  first obtaining  the  prior  written  consent
of  the  person  owning  the
rights   thereto;   or  (ii)  the  existence  or   content
of   this
Agreement   without  in  each  instance  first  obtaining
the   prior
written consent of Novation.


17.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

     a.   Nondisclosure.   Supplier agrees that it will:

           (1)      keep  strictly  confidential  and
hold  in  trust
     all   confidential  information  of  Novation,  the
Clients  and
     the Members;

          (2)     not   use  the  confidential
information  for   any
     purpose  other  than  the performance of  its
     obligations  under this             Agreement,
     without   the  prior  written        consent  of
     Novation;

            (3)     not  disclose  the  confidential
information   to
     any  third  party  (unless required by  law)  without
     the  prior written consent of Novation; and
     
            (4)     not   later  than  thirty  (30)  days
after     the
     expiration  or  earlier  termination of  this
     Agreement,  return to  Novation,  the  Client or the
     Member, as  the  case  may  be, the confidential
     information.
     
     
     b.     Definition.  "Confidential  information",   as
used      in
Subsection  17.a  above,  will  consist of  all
information  relating
to   the   prices   and   usage   of  the  Products
(including at,
information   contained   in   the  reports   produced
by   Supplier
pursuant   to   Section   7  above)  and  all  documents
and   other
materials   of  Novation,  the  Clients  and  the  Members
containing
information  relating  to  the programs of Novation,  the
Clients  or the   Members  of  a  proprietary  or
sensitive  nature  not  readily available  through
sources  in  the  public  domain.             In  no
event
will  Supplier  provide  to  any person any  information
relating  to the  prices  it  charges  the  Members for
Products  ordered  pursuant to this Agreement without the
prior written consent of Novation.

18.  MISCELLANEOUS.

     a.    Choice  of  Law.  This Agreement will be
governed  by  and
construed  in  accordance  with  the  internal
substantive  laws         of
the  State  of  Texas  and  the Texas courts  will  have
jurisdiction
over  all  matters  relating  to  this Agreement;
provided,  however, the  terms                     of  a
Member's purchase order will  be  governed  by  and
construed   in   accordance  with  the  choice  of   law
and   venue
provisions set forth in the purchase order.

     b.    Not  Responsible.     Novation and  the
Clients  will  not
be   responsible   or   liable  for  any  Member's
breach    of    any
purchasing  commitment  or  for  any  other  actions  of
any  Member.
In  addition,  none  of  the  Clients will be  responsible
or  liable for the obligations of any party to this
Agreement.

     c.     Third  Party  Beneficiaries.    All  Clients
and  Members
are  intended  third  party  beneficiaries  of  this
Agreement. All
terms  and  conditions  of  this Agreement  which  are
applicable  to
the  Clients  will  inure  to the benefit of  and  be
enforceable  by the   Clients  and  their  respective
successors  and  assigns. All
terms  and  conditions  of  this Agreement  which  are
applicable  to
the  Members  will  inure  to the benefit of  and  be
enforceable  by the Members and their respective
successors and assigns.

     d.     Notices.     Except   as  otherwise
expressly provided
herein,   all   notices   or   other   communications
required   or
permitted  under  this  Agreement will  be  in  writing
and  will  be deemed   sufficient   when      mailed  by
United    States   mail,     or
delivered  in  person  against receipt to the party  to

which  it  is to be given, at the address of such party

set forth below:

     If to Supplier:

          To the address set forth on the signature page

of this Agreement

     If to Novation:




          Novation
          Attn:     Vice President, Contract Services
          220 East Las Colinas Blvd.
          Irving, TX 75039

or to such other address as the party will have furnished
in
writing in accordance with the provisions of this
Subsection.
     e.    No  Assignment.    No assignment of  all  or
any  part  of
this  Agreement  may  be  made without the prior  written
consent  of the  other  party;  except that Novation may
assign  its  rights  and obligations  to  any  affiliate
of Novation.  Any  assignment  of  all or  any  part  of
this  Agreement by either party  will  not  relieve that
party  of  the  responsibility  of  performing  its
obligations hereunder  to  the  extent  that such
obligations  are  not  satisfied in  full  by  the
assignee.   This Agreement  will  be  binding  upon and
inure  to  the  benefit  of  the parties'  respective
successors and assigns.

     f.     Severability.   Whenever  possible,  each
provision   of
this  Agreement  will  be  interpreted in  such  a  manner
as  to  be effective  and  valid  under  applicable law,
but  if  any  provision of     this       Agreement
will  be  prohibited  by   or   invalid   under
applicable  law,  such  provision will be ineffective  to
the  extent of such         prohibition   or
invalidity  without   invalidating             the
remainder  of  such  provision  or the remaining
provisions  of  this Agreement.    Each  party  will,  at
its  own  expense,  take   such
action  as  is  reasonably  necessary  to  defend  the
validity   and
enforceability  of  this  Agreement  and  will  cooperate
with the
other party as is reasonably necessary in such defense.




     g.     Entire  Agreement.   This  Agreement,
together  with  the
exhibits   listed  below  and  each  Member's  purchase
order   will
constitute  the  entire  agreement between each  Member
and  Supplier and  no  other  terms  and  conditions in
any  document,  acceptance, or    acknowledgment  will
be  effective  or  binding  upon  a  Member
unless  expressly  agreed  to  in  writing.   The
following  exhibits are incorporated by reference in this
Agreement:

Exhibit A  Product and Service Description and Pricing

Exhibit B  Non-Price Specifications

Exhibit C  Special Conditions

Exhibit D  Effective Date

Exhibit E  Electronic Data Interchange Agreement

[Other Exhibits listed, if any]

SUPPLIER:      Kinetic Concepts, Inc.

ADDRESS:       8023 Vantage Drive

               San Antonio, Texas 78230


SIGNATURE:     /S/ SCOTT S. BROOKS
               --------------------
TITLE:         Vice President, National Accounts  DATE: November 11, 1998


NOVATION, LLC

SIGNATURE:     /S/ MARK MKENNA
               ----------------
TITLE:         Senior Vice President, Operations  DATE: November 11, 1998









                      KCI Subsidiaries
                 (Updated November 12, 1998)

KINETIC CONCEPTS, INC., a Texas corporation
     (Tax ID #74-1891727) [Became a public company 6-7-88]

Subsidiaries:

1.   KCI Therapeutic Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     (Tax ID #74-2152396)

2.   KCI New Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     (Tax ID #74-2615226)

3.   KCI Properties Limited, a Texas limited liability
     company (Tax ID #74-2621178)

4.   KCI Real Property Limited, a Texas limited liability
     company, d/b/a  Premier Properties (Tax ID #74-2644430)

5.   KCI Air, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     (Tax ID #74-2765302)

6.   Medical Retro Design, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     (Tax ID #74-2652711)

7.   KCI Clinical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     (Tax ID #74-2675416)  [DISSOLVED 09/22/97]

8.   KCI Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     (Tax ID #74-2804102)

9.   Plexus Enterprises, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     (Tax ID #74-2814710)

10.  The Kinetic Concepts Foundation, a Texas non-profit
     corporation (Tax ID# 74-282-2321)

11.  KCI-RIK Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation
     (Tax ID# ###-##-####)

12.  KCI Bermuda Holding Ltd., a Bermuda corporation

13.  KCI International Holding Company, a Delaware
     corporation (Tax ID# __________)

14.  KCII Holdings, L.L.C., a Delaware Limited Liability
     Company (Tax ID# __________)

15.  KCI International, Inc., a Delaware corporation
     (Tax ID #51-0307888)

     (a)  KCI Medical Canada, Inc., a Canadian corporation

     (b)  KCI Medical Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation
     (formerly Mediscus International Limited), name change
     effective October 31, 1995

          NOTE:  All assets of KCI Medical United Kingdom
          Limited and Mediscus Products Limited are being
          transferred to KCI Medical Limited effective
          January 1, 1996.

     (c)  KCI United Kingdom Holdings Ltd.: A United Kingdom
     Corporation acting as holding company of KCII's
     operating companies in the United Kingdom, Denmark,
     Germany, Sweden, France, Switzerland, Spain and Italy.

          DORMANT UK COMPANIES:

          (i)    KCI Medical United Kingdom Limited
          (ii)   Mediscus Products Limited
          (iii)  Home-Care Medical Products Limited
                 (formerly KCII Medical Limited)

          NOTE:  Home-Care Medical and KCII Medical swapped
          names in October, 1995.  KCII Medical Limited was
          formerly Lingard Leasing.

     (d)  NDM (UK) Limited

     (e)  KCI Medical Holding GmbH (formerly KCI Handels GmbH)

          (i)  KCI Medizinprodukte GmbH ( formerly - KCI
               Mediscus Produkte GmbH)
          (ii) KCI Therapie Gerate mbH (formerly Verwalt)

     (f)  Equipement Medical KCI, S.A.R.L., a French corporation

     (g)  KCI Medical B.V., a Netherlands corporation

     (h)  KCI Mediscus AG, a Swiss corporation

     (i)  KCI Mediscus Klinikausstattung Gesellschaft mbH
          with domicile in Vienna

     (j)  KCI Europe Holding B.V., a Netherlands corporation

     (k)  KCI International-Virgin Islands, Inc., a Virgin
          Islands corporation

     (l)  KCI Medica Espana, S.A., a Spanish corporation

     (m)  KCI Medical Australia PTY, Ltd., an Australian corporation

     (n)  KCI Medical S.r.l., an Italian corporation

     (o)  KCI Medical ApS, Denmark

     (p)  KCI Medical AB, Sweden

     (q)  Ethos Medical Group Ltd., an Irish Company, Athlone, Ireland

     (r)  KCI Equi-Tron Inc., a Canadian corporation






<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                       4,365,620
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                               93,556,262
<ALLOWANCES>                                 8,318,851
<INVENTORY>                                 28,662,469
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                           129,947,451
<PP&E>                                     208,290,223
<DEPRECIATION>                             130,340,521
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             308,073,369
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       52,354,434
<BONDS>                                    506,701,013
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        70,915
<OTHER-SE>                               (261,659,261)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               308,073,369
<SALES>                                     71,989,289
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                           330,470,795
<CGS>                                       27,881,471
<TOTAL-COSTS>                              235,029,702
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                             3,707,211
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                          48,593,931
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             19,602,017
<INCOME-TAX>                                 7,850,625
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                         11,775,938
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                11,775,938
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    $0.17
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    $0.16
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission